LCOV - code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/optimizer/path - allpaths.c (source / functions) Coverage Total Hit
Test: PostgreSQL 20devel Lines: 94.2 % 1316 1240
Test Date: 2026-09-19 17:15:37 Functions: 100.0 % 56 56
Legend: Lines:     hit not hit
Branches: + taken - not taken # not executed
Branches: 83.9 % 1165 977

             Branch data     Line data    Source code
       1                 :             : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
       2                 :             :  *
       3                 :             :  * allpaths.c
       4                 :             :  *    Routines to find possible search paths for processing a query
       5                 :             :  *
       6                 :             :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2026, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
       7                 :             :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
       8                 :             :  *
       9                 :             :  *
      10                 :             :  * IDENTIFICATION
      11                 :             :  *    src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c
      12                 :             :  *
      13                 :             :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
      14                 :             :  */
      15                 :             : 
      16                 :             : #include "postgres.h"
      17                 :             : 
      18                 :             : #include <limits.h>
      19                 :             : #include <math.h>
      20                 :             : 
      21                 :             : #include "access/sysattr.h"
      22                 :             : #include "access/tsmapi.h"
      23                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_class.h"
      24                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_operator.h"
      25                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
      26                 :             : #include "foreign/fdwapi.h"
      27                 :             : #include "miscadmin.h"
      28                 :             : #include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
      29                 :             : #include "nodes/nodeFuncs.h"
      30                 :             : #include "nodes/supportnodes.h"
      31                 :             : #ifdef OPTIMIZER_DEBUG
      32                 :             : #include "nodes/print.h"
      33                 :             : #endif
      34                 :             : #include "optimizer/appendinfo.h"
      35                 :             : #include "optimizer/clauses.h"
      36                 :             : #include "optimizer/cost.h"
      37                 :             : #include "optimizer/geqo.h"
      38                 :             : #include "optimizer/optimizer.h"
      39                 :             : #include "optimizer/pathnode.h"
      40                 :             : #include "optimizer/paths.h"
      41                 :             : #include "optimizer/plancat.h"
      42                 :             : #include "optimizer/planner.h"
      43                 :             : #include "optimizer/prep.h"
      44                 :             : #include "optimizer/tlist.h"
      45                 :             : #include "parser/parse_clause.h"
      46                 :             : #include "parser/parsetree.h"
      47                 :             : #include "partitioning/partbounds.h"
      48                 :             : #include "port/pg_bitutils.h"
      49                 :             : #include "rewrite/rewriteManip.h"
      50                 :             : #include "utils/lsyscache.h"
      51                 :             : #include "utils/selfuncs.h"
      52                 :             : 
      53                 :             : 
      54                 :             : /* Bitmask flags for pushdown_safety_info.unsafeFlags */
      55                 :             : #define UNSAFE_HAS_VOLATILE_FUNC        (1 << 0)
      56                 :             : #define UNSAFE_HAS_SET_FUNC             (1 << 1)
      57                 :             : #define UNSAFE_NOTIN_DISTINCTON_CLAUSE  (1 << 2)
      58                 :             : #define UNSAFE_NOTIN_PARTITIONBY_CLAUSE (1 << 3)
      59                 :             : #define UNSAFE_TYPE_MISMATCH            (1 << 4)
      60                 :             : 
      61                 :             : /* results of subquery_is_pushdown_safe */
      62                 :             : typedef struct pushdown_safety_info
      63                 :             : {
      64                 :             :     unsigned char *unsafeFlags; /* bitmask of reasons why this target list
      65                 :             :                                  * column is unsafe for qual pushdown, or 0 if
      66                 :             :                                  * no reason. */
      67                 :             :     bool        unsafeVolatile; /* don't push down volatile quals */
      68                 :             :     bool        unsafeLeaky;    /* don't push down leaky quals */
      69                 :             : } pushdown_safety_info;
      70                 :             : 
      71                 :             : /* Return type for qual_is_pushdown_safe */
      72                 :             : typedef enum pushdown_safe_type
      73                 :             : {
      74                 :             :     PUSHDOWN_UNSAFE,            /* unsafe to push qual into subquery */
      75                 :             :     PUSHDOWN_SAFE,              /* safe to push qual into subquery */
      76                 :             :     PUSHDOWN_WINDOWCLAUSE_RUNCOND,  /* unsafe, but may work as WindowClause
      77                 :             :                                      * run condition */
      78                 :             : } pushdown_safe_type;
      79                 :             : 
      80                 :             : /* These parameters are set by GUC */
      81                 :             : bool        enable_geqo = false;    /* just in case GUC doesn't set it */
      82                 :             : bool        enable_eager_aggregate = true;
      83                 :             : int         geqo_threshold;
      84                 :             : double      min_eager_agg_group_size;
      85                 :             : int         min_parallel_table_scan_size;
      86                 :             : int         min_parallel_index_scan_size;
      87                 :             : 
      88                 :             : /* Hook for plugins to get control in set_rel_pathlist() */
      89                 :             : set_rel_pathlist_hook_type set_rel_pathlist_hook = NULL;
      90                 :             : 
      91                 :             : /* Hook for plugins to replace standard_join_search() */
      92                 :             : join_search_hook_type join_search_hook = NULL;
      93                 :             : 
      94                 :             : 
      95                 :             : static void set_base_rel_consider_startup(PlannerInfo *root);
      96                 :             : static void set_base_rel_sizes(PlannerInfo *root);
      97                 :             : static void setup_simple_grouped_rels(PlannerInfo *root);
      98                 :             : static void set_base_rel_pathlists(PlannerInfo *root);
      99                 :             : static void set_rel_size(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     100                 :             :                          Index rti, RangeTblEntry *rte);
     101                 :             : static void set_rel_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     102                 :             :                              Index rti, RangeTblEntry *rte);
     103                 :             : static void set_plain_rel_size(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     104                 :             :                                RangeTblEntry *rte);
     105                 :             : static void create_plain_partial_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel);
     106                 :             : static void set_rel_consider_parallel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     107                 :             :                                       RangeTblEntry *rte);
     108                 :             : static void set_plain_rel_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     109                 :             :                                    RangeTblEntry *rte);
     110                 :             : static void set_tablesample_rel_size(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     111                 :             :                                      RangeTblEntry *rte);
     112                 :             : static void set_tablesample_rel_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     113                 :             :                                          RangeTblEntry *rte);
     114                 :             : static void set_foreign_size(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     115                 :             :                              RangeTblEntry *rte);
     116                 :             : static void set_foreign_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     117                 :             :                                  RangeTblEntry *rte);
     118                 :             : static void set_append_rel_size(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     119                 :             :                                 Index rti, RangeTblEntry *rte);
     120                 :             : static void set_append_rel_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     121                 :             :                                     Index rti, RangeTblEntry *rte);
     122                 :             : static void set_grouped_rel_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel);
     123                 :             : static void generate_orderedappend_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     124                 :             :                                          List *live_childrels,
     125                 :             :                                          List *all_child_pathkeys);
     126                 :             : static Path *get_cheapest_parameterized_child_path(PlannerInfo *root,
     127                 :             :                                                    RelOptInfo *rel,
     128                 :             :                                                    Relids required_outer);
     129                 :             : static void accumulate_append_subpath(Path *path,
     130                 :             :                                       List **subpaths,
     131                 :             :                                       List **special_subpaths,
     132                 :             :                                       List **child_append_relid_sets);
     133                 :             : static Path *get_singleton_append_subpath(Path *path,
     134                 :             :                                           List **child_append_relid_sets);
     135                 :             : static void set_dummy_rel_pathlist(RelOptInfo *rel);
     136                 :             : static void set_subquery_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     137                 :             :                                   Index rti, RangeTblEntry *rte);
     138                 :             : static void set_function_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     139                 :             :                                   RangeTblEntry *rte);
     140                 :             : static void set_values_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     141                 :             :                                 RangeTblEntry *rte);
     142                 :             : static void set_tablefunc_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     143                 :             :                                    RangeTblEntry *rte);
     144                 :             : static void set_cte_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     145                 :             :                              RangeTblEntry *rte);
     146                 :             : static void set_namedtuplestore_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     147                 :             :                                          RangeTblEntry *rte);
     148                 :             : static void set_result_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     149                 :             :                                 RangeTblEntry *rte);
     150                 :             : static void set_worktable_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     151                 :             :                                    RangeTblEntry *rte);
     152                 :             : static RelOptInfo *make_rel_from_joinlist(PlannerInfo *root, List *joinlist);
     153                 :             : static bool subquery_is_pushdown_safe(Query *subquery, Query *topquery,
     154                 :             :                                       pushdown_safety_info *safetyInfo);
     155                 :             : static bool recurse_pushdown_safe(Node *setOp, Query *topquery,
     156                 :             :                                   pushdown_safety_info *safetyInfo);
     157                 :             : static void check_output_expressions(Query *subquery,
     158                 :             :                                      pushdown_safety_info *safetyInfo);
     159                 :             : static void compare_tlist_datatypes(List *tlist, List *colTypes,
     160                 :             :                                     pushdown_safety_info *safetyInfo);
     161                 :             : static bool targetIsInAllPartitionLists(TargetEntry *tle, Query *query);
     162                 :             : static pushdown_safe_type qual_is_pushdown_safe(Query *subquery, Index rti,
     163                 :             :                                                 RestrictInfo *rinfo,
     164                 :             :                                                 pushdown_safety_info *safetyInfo);
     165                 :             : static Oid  pushdown_var_grouping_eqop(Var *var, void *context);
     166                 :             : static Oid  subquery_column_grouping_eqop(Query *subquery, AttrNumber attno);
     167                 :             : static Oid  setop_column_grouping_eqop(Node *setop, AttrNumber attno);
     168                 :             : static bool setop_has_grouping(Node *setop);
     169                 :             : static void subquery_push_qual(Query *subquery,
     170                 :             :                                RangeTblEntry *rte, Index rti, Node *qual);
     171                 :             : static void recurse_push_qual(Node *setOp, Query *topquery,
     172                 :             :                               RangeTblEntry *rte, Index rti, Node *qual);
     173                 :             : static void remove_unused_subquery_outputs(Query *subquery, RelOptInfo *rel,
     174                 :             :                                            Bitmapset *extra_used_attrs);
     175                 :             : 
     176                 :             : 
     177                 :             : /*
     178                 :             :  * make_one_rel
     179                 :             :  *    Finds all possible access paths for executing a query, returning a
     180                 :             :  *    single rel that represents the join of all base rels in the query.
     181                 :             :  */
     182                 :             : RelOptInfo *
     183                 :      245452 : make_one_rel(PlannerInfo *root, List *joinlist)
     184                 :             : {
     185                 :             :     RelOptInfo *rel;
     186                 :             :     Index       rti;
     187                 :             :     double      total_pages;
     188                 :             : 
     189                 :             :     /* Mark base rels as to whether we care about fast-start plans */
     190                 :      245452 :     set_base_rel_consider_startup(root);
     191                 :             : 
     192                 :             :     /*
     193                 :             :      * Compute size estimates and consider_parallel flags for each base rel.
     194                 :             :      */
     195                 :      245452 :     set_base_rel_sizes(root);
     196                 :             : 
     197                 :             :     /*
     198                 :             :      * Build grouped relations for simple rels (i.e., base or "other" member
     199                 :             :      * relations) where possible.
     200                 :             :      */
     201                 :      245430 :     setup_simple_grouped_rels(root);
     202                 :             : 
     203                 :             :     /*
     204                 :             :      * We should now have size estimates for every actual table involved in
     205                 :             :      * the query, and we also know which if any have been deleted from the
     206                 :             :      * query by join removal, pruned by partition pruning, or eliminated by
     207                 :             :      * constraint exclusion.  So we can now compute total_table_pages.
     208                 :             :      *
     209                 :             :      * Note that appendrels are not double-counted here, even though we don't
     210                 :             :      * bother to distinguish RelOptInfos for appendrel parents, because the
     211                 :             :      * parents will have pages = 0.
     212                 :             :      *
     213                 :             :      * XXX if a table is self-joined, we will count it once per appearance,
     214                 :             :      * which perhaps is the wrong thing ... but that's not completely clear,
     215                 :             :      * and detecting self-joins here is difficult, so ignore it for now.
     216                 :             :      */
     217                 :      245430 :     total_pages = 0;
     218         [ +  + ]:      770766 :     for (rti = 1; rti < root->simple_rel_array_size; rti++)
     219                 :             :     {
     220                 :      525336 :         RelOptInfo *brel = root->simple_rel_array[rti];
     221                 :             : 
     222                 :             :         /* there may be empty slots corresponding to non-baserel RTEs */
     223         [ +  + ]:      525336 :         if (brel == NULL)
     224                 :      125624 :             continue;
     225                 :             : 
     226                 :             :         Assert(brel->relid == rti); /* sanity check on array */
     227                 :             : 
     228         [ +  + ]:      399712 :         if (IS_DUMMY_REL(brel))
     229                 :        1237 :             continue;
     230                 :             : 
     231   [ +  +  +  - ]:      398475 :         if (IS_SIMPLE_REL(brel))
     232                 :      398475 :             total_pages += (double) brel->pages;
     233                 :             :     }
     234                 :      245430 :     root->total_table_pages = total_pages;
     235                 :             : 
     236                 :             :     /*
     237                 :             :      * Generate access paths for each base rel.
     238                 :             :      */
     239                 :      245430 :     set_base_rel_pathlists(root);
     240                 :             : 
     241                 :             :     /*
     242                 :             :      * Generate access paths for the entire join tree.
     243                 :             :      */
     244                 :      245430 :     rel = make_rel_from_joinlist(root, joinlist);
     245                 :             : 
     246                 :             :     /*
     247                 :             :      * The result should join all and only the query's base + outer-join rels.
     248                 :             :      */
     249                 :             :     Assert(bms_equal(rel->relids, root->all_query_rels));
     250                 :             : 
     251                 :      245430 :     return rel;
     252                 :             : }
     253                 :             : 
     254                 :             : /*
     255                 :             :  * set_base_rel_consider_startup
     256                 :             :  *    Set the consider_[param_]startup flags for each base-relation entry.
     257                 :             :  *
     258                 :             :  * For the moment, we only deal with consider_param_startup here; because the
     259                 :             :  * logic for consider_startup is pretty trivial and is the same for every base
     260                 :             :  * relation, we just let build_simple_rel() initialize that flag correctly to
     261                 :             :  * start with.  If that logic ever gets more complicated it would probably
     262                 :             :  * be better to move it here.
     263                 :             :  */
     264                 :             : static void
     265                 :      245452 : set_base_rel_consider_startup(PlannerInfo *root)
     266                 :             : {
     267                 :             :     /*
     268                 :             :      * Since parameterized paths can only be used on the inside of a nestloop
     269                 :             :      * join plan, there is usually little value in considering fast-start
     270                 :             :      * plans for them.  However, for relations that are on the RHS of a SEMI
     271                 :             :      * or ANTI join, a fast-start plan can be useful because we're only going
     272                 :             :      * to care about fetching one tuple anyway.
     273                 :             :      *
     274                 :             :      * To minimize growth of planning time, we currently restrict this to
     275                 :             :      * cases where the RHS is a single base relation, not a join; there is no
     276                 :             :      * provision for consider_param_startup to get set at all on joinrels.
     277                 :             :      * Also we don't worry about appendrels.  costsize.c's costing rules for
     278                 :             :      * nestloop semi/antijoins don't consider such cases either.
     279                 :             :      */
     280                 :             :     ListCell   *lc;
     281                 :             : 
     282   [ +  +  +  +  :      282235 :     foreach(lc, root->join_info_list)
                   +  + ]
     283                 :             :     {
     284                 :       36783 :         SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo = (SpecialJoinInfo *) lfirst(lc);
     285                 :             :         int         varno;
     286                 :             : 
     287   [ +  +  +  +  :       49169 :         if ((sjinfo->jointype == JOIN_SEMI || sjinfo->jointype == JOIN_ANTI) &&
                   +  + ]
     288                 :       12386 :             bms_get_singleton_member(sjinfo->syn_righthand, &varno))
     289                 :             :         {
     290                 :       12161 :             RelOptInfo *rel = find_base_rel(root, varno);
     291                 :             : 
     292                 :       12161 :             rel->consider_param_startup = true;
     293                 :             :         }
     294                 :             :     }
     295                 :      245452 : }
     296                 :             : 
     297                 :             : /*
     298                 :             :  * set_base_rel_sizes
     299                 :             :  *    Set the size estimates (rows and widths) for each base-relation entry.
     300                 :             :  *    Also determine whether to consider parallel paths for base relations.
     301                 :             :  *
     302                 :             :  * We do this in a separate pass over the base rels so that rowcount
     303                 :             :  * estimates are available for parameterized path generation, and also so
     304                 :             :  * that each rel's consider_parallel flag is set correctly before we begin to
     305                 :             :  * generate paths.
     306                 :             :  */
     307                 :             : static void
     308                 :      245452 : set_base_rel_sizes(PlannerInfo *root)
     309                 :             : {
     310                 :             :     Index       rti;
     311                 :             : 
     312         [ +  + ]:      770789 :     for (rti = 1; rti < root->simple_rel_array_size; rti++)
     313                 :             :     {
     314                 :      525359 :         RelOptInfo *rel = root->simple_rel_array[rti];
     315                 :             :         RangeTblEntry *rte;
     316                 :             : 
     317                 :             :         /* there may be empty slots corresponding to non-baserel RTEs */
     318         [ +  + ]:      525359 :         if (rel == NULL)
     319                 :      125625 :             continue;
     320                 :             : 
     321                 :             :         Assert(rel->relid == rti);   /* sanity check on array */
     322                 :             : 
     323                 :             :         /* ignore RTEs that are "other rels" */
     324         [ +  + ]:      399734 :         if (rel->reloptkind != RELOPT_BASEREL)
     325                 :       46232 :             continue;
     326                 :             : 
     327                 :      353502 :         rte = root->simple_rte_array[rti];
     328                 :             : 
     329                 :             :         /*
     330                 :             :          * If parallelism is allowable for this query in general, see whether
     331                 :             :          * it's allowable for this rel in particular.  We have to do this
     332                 :             :          * before set_rel_size(), because (a) if this rel is an inheritance
     333                 :             :          * parent, set_append_rel_size() will use and perhaps change the rel's
     334                 :             :          * consider_parallel flag, and (b) for some RTE types, set_rel_size()
     335                 :             :          * goes ahead and makes paths immediately.
     336                 :             :          */
     337         [ +  + ]:      353502 :         if (root->glob->parallelModeOK)
     338                 :      283298 :             set_rel_consider_parallel(root, rel, rte);
     339                 :             : 
     340                 :      353502 :         set_rel_size(root, rel, rti, rte);
     341                 :             :     }
     342                 :      245430 : }
     343                 :             : 
     344                 :             : /*
     345                 :             :  * setup_simple_grouped_rels
     346                 :             :  *    For each simple relation, build a grouped simple relation if eager
     347                 :             :  *    aggregation is possible and if this relation can produce grouped paths.
     348                 :             :  */
     349                 :             : static void
     350                 :      245430 : setup_simple_grouped_rels(PlannerInfo *root)
     351                 :             : {
     352                 :             :     Index       rti;
     353                 :             : 
     354                 :             :     /*
     355                 :             :      * If there are no aggregate expressions or grouping expressions, eager
     356                 :             :      * aggregation is not possible.
     357                 :             :      */
     358         [ +  + ]:      245430 :     if (root->agg_clause_list == NIL ||
     359         [ +  + ]:         571 :         root->group_expr_list == NIL)
     360                 :      244970 :         return;
     361                 :             : 
     362         [ +  + ]:        3841 :     for (rti = 1; rti < root->simple_rel_array_size; rti++)
     363                 :             :     {
     364                 :        3381 :         RelOptInfo *rel = root->simple_rel_array[rti];
     365                 :             : 
     366                 :             :         /* there may be empty slots corresponding to non-baserel RTEs */
     367         [ +  + ]:        3381 :         if (rel == NULL)
     368                 :        1091 :             continue;
     369                 :             : 
     370                 :             :         Assert(rel->relid == rti);   /* sanity check on array */
     371                 :             :         Assert(IS_SIMPLE_REL(rel)); /* sanity check on rel */
     372                 :             : 
     373                 :        2290 :         (void) build_simple_grouped_rel(root, rel);
     374                 :             :     }
     375                 :             : }
     376                 :             : 
     377                 :             : /*
     378                 :             :  * set_base_rel_pathlists
     379                 :             :  *    Finds all paths available for scanning each base-relation entry.
     380                 :             :  *    Sequential scan and any available indices are considered.
     381                 :             :  *    Each useful path is attached to its relation's 'pathlist' field.
     382                 :             :  */
     383                 :             : static void
     384                 :      245430 : set_base_rel_pathlists(PlannerInfo *root)
     385                 :             : {
     386                 :             :     Index       rti;
     387                 :             : 
     388         [ +  + ]:      770766 :     for (rti = 1; rti < root->simple_rel_array_size; rti++)
     389                 :             :     {
     390                 :      525336 :         RelOptInfo *rel = root->simple_rel_array[rti];
     391                 :             : 
     392                 :             :         /* there may be empty slots corresponding to non-baserel RTEs */
     393         [ +  + ]:      525336 :         if (rel == NULL)
     394                 :      125624 :             continue;
     395                 :             : 
     396                 :             :         Assert(rel->relid == rti);   /* sanity check on array */
     397                 :             : 
     398                 :             :         /* ignore RTEs that are "other rels" */
     399         [ +  + ]:      399712 :         if (rel->reloptkind != RELOPT_BASEREL)
     400                 :       46232 :             continue;
     401                 :             : 
     402                 :      353480 :         set_rel_pathlist(root, rel, rti, root->simple_rte_array[rti]);
     403                 :             :     }
     404                 :      245430 : }
     405                 :             : 
     406                 :             : /*
     407                 :             :  * set_rel_size
     408                 :             :  *    Set size estimates for a base relation
     409                 :             :  */
     410                 :             : static void
     411                 :      399467 : set_rel_size(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     412                 :             :              Index rti, RangeTblEntry *rte)
     413                 :             : {
     414   [ +  +  +  + ]:      752969 :     if (rel->reloptkind == RELOPT_BASEREL &&
     415                 :      353502 :         relation_excluded_by_constraints(root, rel, rte))
     416                 :             :     {
     417                 :             :         /*
     418                 :             :          * We proved we don't need to scan the rel via constraint exclusion,
     419                 :             :          * so set up a single dummy path for it.  Here we only check this for
     420                 :             :          * regular baserels; if it's an otherrel, CE was already checked in
     421                 :             :          * set_append_rel_size().
     422                 :             :          *
     423                 :             :          * In this case, we go ahead and set up the relation's path right away
     424                 :             :          * instead of leaving it for set_rel_pathlist to do.  This is because
     425                 :             :          * we don't have a convention for marking a rel as dummy except by
     426                 :             :          * assigning a dummy path to it.
     427                 :             :          */
     428                 :         617 :         set_dummy_rel_pathlist(rel);
     429                 :             :     }
     430         [ +  + ]:      398850 :     else if (rte->inh)
     431                 :             :     {
     432                 :             :         /* It's an "append relation", process accordingly */
     433                 :       20209 :         set_append_rel_size(root, rel, rti, rte);
     434                 :             :     }
     435                 :             :     else
     436                 :             :     {
     437   [ +  +  +  +  :      378641 :         switch (rel->rtekind)
             +  +  +  +  
                      - ]
     438                 :             :         {
     439                 :      312055 :             case RTE_RELATION:
     440         [ +  + ]:      312055 :                 if (rte->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
     441                 :             :                 {
     442                 :             :                     /* Foreign table */
     443                 :        1327 :                     set_foreign_size(root, rel, rte);
     444                 :             :                 }
     445         [ +  + ]:      310728 :                 else if (rte->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
     446                 :             :                 {
     447                 :             :                     /*
     448                 :             :                      * We could get here if asked to scan a partitioned table
     449                 :             :                      * with ONLY.  In that case we shouldn't scan any of the
     450                 :             :                      * partitions, so mark it as a dummy rel.
     451                 :             :                      */
     452                 :          26 :                     set_dummy_rel_pathlist(rel);
     453                 :             :                 }
     454         [ +  + ]:      310702 :                 else if (rte->tablesample != NULL)
     455                 :             :                 {
     456                 :             :                     /* Sampled relation */
     457                 :         247 :                     set_tablesample_rel_size(root, rel, rte);
     458                 :             :                 }
     459                 :             :                 else
     460                 :             :                 {
     461                 :             :                     /* Plain relation */
     462                 :      310455 :                     set_plain_rel_size(root, rel, rte);
     463                 :             :                 }
     464                 :      312033 :                 break;
     465                 :       16433 :             case RTE_SUBQUERY:
     466                 :             : 
     467                 :             :                 /*
     468                 :             :                  * Subqueries don't support making a choice between
     469                 :             :                  * parameterized and unparameterized paths, so just go ahead
     470                 :             :                  * and build their paths immediately.
     471                 :             :                  */
     472                 :       16433 :                 set_subquery_pathlist(root, rel, rti, rte);
     473                 :       16433 :                 break;
     474                 :       35076 :             case RTE_FUNCTION:
     475                 :       35076 :                 set_function_size_estimates(root, rel);
     476                 :       35076 :                 break;
     477                 :         619 :             case RTE_TABLEFUNC:
     478                 :         619 :                 set_tablefunc_size_estimates(root, rel);
     479                 :         619 :                 break;
     480                 :        6794 :             case RTE_VALUES:
     481                 :        6794 :                 set_values_size_estimates(root, rel);
     482                 :        6794 :                 break;
     483                 :        3648 :             case RTE_CTE:
     484                 :             : 
     485                 :             :                 /*
     486                 :             :                  * CTEs don't support making a choice between parameterized
     487                 :             :                  * and unparameterized paths, so just go ahead and build their
     488                 :             :                  * paths immediately.
     489                 :             :                  */
     490         [ +  + ]:        3648 :                 if (rte->self_reference)
     491                 :         641 :                     set_worktable_pathlist(root, rel, rte);
     492                 :             :                 else
     493                 :        3007 :                     set_cte_pathlist(root, rel, rte);
     494                 :        3648 :                 break;
     495                 :         395 :             case RTE_NAMEDTUPLESTORE:
     496                 :             :                 /* Might as well just build the path immediately */
     497                 :         395 :                 set_namedtuplestore_pathlist(root, rel, rte);
     498                 :         395 :                 break;
     499                 :        3621 :             case RTE_RESULT:
     500                 :             :                 /* Might as well just build the path immediately */
     501                 :        3621 :                 set_result_pathlist(root, rel, rte);
     502                 :        3621 :                 break;
     503                 :           0 :             default:
     504         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unexpected rtekind: %d", (int) rel->rtekind);
     505                 :             :                 break;
     506                 :             :         }
     507                 :             :     }
     508                 :             : 
     509                 :             :     /*
     510                 :             :      * We insist that all non-dummy rels have a nonzero rowcount estimate.
     511                 :             :      */
     512                 :             :     Assert(rel->rows > 0 || IS_DUMMY_REL(rel));
     513                 :      399444 : }
     514                 :             : 
     515                 :             : /*
     516                 :             :  * set_rel_pathlist
     517                 :             :  *    Build access paths for a base relation
     518                 :             :  */
     519                 :             : static void
     520                 :      399564 : set_rel_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     521                 :             :                  Index rti, RangeTblEntry *rte)
     522                 :             : {
     523         [ +  + ]:      399564 :     if (IS_DUMMY_REL(rel))
     524                 :             :     {
     525                 :             :         /* We already proved the relation empty, so nothing more to do */
     526                 :             :     }
     527         [ +  + ]:      398445 :     else if (rte->inh)
     528                 :             :     {
     529                 :             :         /* It's an "append relation", process accordingly */
     530                 :       19957 :         set_append_rel_pathlist(root, rel, rti, rte);
     531                 :             :     }
     532                 :             :     else
     533                 :             :     {
     534   [ +  +  +  +  :      378488 :         switch (rel->rtekind)
             +  +  +  +  
                      - ]
     535                 :             :         {
     536                 :      312007 :             case RTE_RELATION:
     537         [ +  + ]:      312007 :                 if (rte->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
     538                 :             :                 {
     539                 :             :                     /* Foreign table */
     540                 :        1325 :                     set_foreign_pathlist(root, rel, rte);
     541                 :             :                 }
     542         [ +  + ]:      310682 :                 else if (rte->tablesample != NULL)
     543                 :             :                 {
     544                 :             :                     /* Sampled relation */
     545                 :         247 :                     set_tablesample_rel_pathlist(root, rel, rte);
     546                 :             :                 }
     547                 :             :                 else
     548                 :             :                 {
     549                 :             :                     /* Plain relation */
     550                 :      310435 :                     set_plain_rel_pathlist(root, rel, rte);
     551                 :             :                 }
     552                 :      312007 :                 break;
     553                 :       16328 :             case RTE_SUBQUERY:
     554                 :             :                 /* Subquery --- fully handled during set_rel_size */
     555                 :       16328 :                 break;
     556                 :       35076 :             case RTE_FUNCTION:
     557                 :             :                 /* RangeFunction */
     558                 :       35076 :                 set_function_pathlist(root, rel, rte);
     559                 :       35076 :                 break;
     560                 :         619 :             case RTE_TABLEFUNC:
     561                 :             :                 /* Table Function */
     562                 :         619 :                 set_tablefunc_pathlist(root, rel, rte);
     563                 :         619 :                 break;
     564                 :        6794 :             case RTE_VALUES:
     565                 :             :                 /* Values list */
     566                 :        6794 :                 set_values_pathlist(root, rel, rte);
     567                 :        6794 :                 break;
     568                 :        3648 :             case RTE_CTE:
     569                 :             :                 /* CTE reference --- fully handled during set_rel_size */
     570                 :        3648 :                 break;
     571                 :         395 :             case RTE_NAMEDTUPLESTORE:
     572                 :             :                 /* tuplestore reference --- fully handled during set_rel_size */
     573                 :         395 :                 break;
     574                 :        3621 :             case RTE_RESULT:
     575                 :             :                 /* simple Result --- fully handled during set_rel_size */
     576                 :        3621 :                 break;
     577                 :           0 :             default:
     578         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unexpected rtekind: %d", (int) rel->rtekind);
     579                 :             :                 break;
     580                 :             :         }
     581                 :             :     }
     582                 :             : 
     583                 :             :     /*
     584                 :             :      * Allow a plugin to editorialize on the set of Paths for this base
     585                 :             :      * relation.  It could add new paths (such as CustomPaths) by calling
     586                 :             :      * add_path(), or add_partial_path() if parallel aware.  It could also
     587                 :             :      * delete or modify paths added by the core code.
     588                 :             :      */
     589         [ +  + ]:      399564 :     if (set_rel_pathlist_hook)
     590                 :          21 :         (*set_rel_pathlist_hook) (root, rel, rti, rte);
     591                 :             : 
     592                 :             :     /*
     593                 :             :      * If this is a baserel, we should normally consider gathering any partial
     594                 :             :      * paths we may have created for it.  We have to do this after calling the
     595                 :             :      * set_rel_pathlist_hook, else it cannot add partial paths to be included
     596                 :             :      * here.
     597                 :             :      *
     598                 :             :      * However, if this is an inheritance child, skip it.  Otherwise, we could
     599                 :             :      * end up with a very large number of gather nodes, each trying to grab
     600                 :             :      * its own pool of workers.  Instead, we'll consider gathering partial
     601                 :             :      * paths for the parent appendrel.
     602                 :             :      *
     603                 :             :      * Also, if this is the topmost scan/join rel, we postpone gathering until
     604                 :             :      * the final scan/join targetlist is available (see grouping_planner).
     605                 :             :      */
     606         [ +  + ]:      399564 :     if (rel->reloptkind == RELOPT_BASEREL &&
     607         [ +  + ]:      353480 :         !bms_equal(rel->relids, root->all_query_rels))
     608                 :      185418 :         generate_useful_gather_paths(root, rel, false);
     609                 :             : 
     610                 :             :     /* Now find the cheapest of the paths for this rel */
     611                 :      399564 :     set_cheapest(rel);
     612                 :             : 
     613                 :             :     /*
     614                 :             :      * If a grouped relation for this rel exists, build partial aggregation
     615                 :             :      * paths for it.
     616                 :             :      *
     617                 :             :      * Note that this can only happen after we've called set_cheapest() for
     618                 :             :      * this base rel, because we need its cheapest paths.
     619                 :             :      */
     620                 :      399564 :     set_grouped_rel_pathlist(root, rel);
     621                 :             : 
     622                 :             : #ifdef OPTIMIZER_DEBUG
     623                 :             :     pprint(rel);
     624                 :             : #endif
     625                 :      399564 : }
     626                 :             : 
     627                 :             : /*
     628                 :             :  * set_plain_rel_size
     629                 :             :  *    Set size estimates for a plain relation (no subquery, no inheritance)
     630                 :             :  */
     631                 :             : static void
     632                 :      310455 : set_plain_rel_size(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, RangeTblEntry *rte)
     633                 :             : {
     634                 :             :     /*
     635                 :             :      * Test any partial indexes of rel for applicability.  We must do this
     636                 :             :      * first since partial unique indexes can affect size estimates.
     637                 :             :      */
     638                 :      310455 :     check_index_predicates(root, rel);
     639                 :             : 
     640                 :             :     /* Mark rel with estimated output rows, width, etc */
     641                 :      310455 :     set_baserel_size_estimates(root, rel);
     642                 :      310435 : }
     643                 :             : 
     644                 :             : /*
     645                 :             :  * If this relation could possibly be scanned from within a worker, then set
     646                 :             :  * its consider_parallel flag.
     647                 :             :  */
     648                 :             : static void
     649                 :      317503 : set_rel_consider_parallel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     650                 :             :                           RangeTblEntry *rte)
     651                 :             : {
     652                 :             :     /*
     653                 :             :      * The flag has previously been initialized to false, so we can just
     654                 :             :      * return if it becomes clear that we can't safely set it.
     655                 :             :      */
     656                 :             :     Assert(!rel->consider_parallel);
     657                 :             : 
     658                 :             :     /* Don't call this if parallelism is disallowed for the entire query. */
     659                 :             :     Assert(root->glob->parallelModeOK);
     660                 :             : 
     661                 :             :     /* This should only be called for baserels and appendrel children. */
     662                 :             :     Assert(IS_SIMPLE_REL(rel));
     663                 :             : 
     664                 :             :     /* Assorted checks based on rtekind. */
     665   [ +  +  -  +  :      317503 :     switch (rte->rtekind)
          +  +  +  +  +  
                   -  - ]
     666                 :             :     {
     667                 :      273285 :         case RTE_RELATION:
     668                 :             : 
     669                 :             :             /*
     670                 :             :              * Currently, parallel workers can't access the leader's temporary
     671                 :             :              * tables.  We could possibly relax this if we wrote all of its
     672                 :             :              * local buffers at the start of the query and made no changes
     673                 :             :              * thereafter (maybe we could allow hint bit changes), and if we
     674                 :             :              * taught the workers to read them.  Writing a large number of
     675                 :             :              * temporary buffers could be expensive, though, and we don't have
     676                 :             :              * the rest of the necessary infrastructure right now anyway.  So
     677                 :             :              * for now, bail out if we see a temporary table.
     678                 :             :              */
     679         [ +  + ]:      273285 :             if (get_rel_persistence(rte->relid) == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
     680                 :        8374 :                 return;
     681                 :             : 
     682                 :             :             /*
     683                 :             :              * Table sampling can be pushed down to workers if the sample
     684                 :             :              * function and its arguments are safe.
     685                 :             :              */
     686         [ +  + ]:      264911 :             if (rte->tablesample != NULL)
     687                 :             :             {
     688                 :         265 :                 char        proparallel = func_parallel(rte->tablesample->tsmhandler);
     689                 :             : 
     690         [ +  + ]:         265 :                 if (proparallel != PROPARALLEL_SAFE)
     691                 :          18 :                     return;
     692         [ +  + ]:         247 :                 if (!is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) rte->tablesample->args))
     693                 :          10 :                     return;
     694                 :             :             }
     695                 :             : 
     696                 :             :             /*
     697                 :             :              * Ask FDWs whether they can support performing a ForeignScan
     698                 :             :              * within a worker.  Most often, the answer will be no.  For
     699                 :             :              * example, if the nature of the FDW is such that it opens a TCP
     700                 :             :              * connection with a remote server, each parallel worker would end
     701                 :             :              * up with a separate connection, and these connections might not
     702                 :             :              * be appropriately coordinated between workers and the leader.
     703                 :             :              */
     704         [ +  + ]:      264883 :             if (rte->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
     705                 :             :             {
     706                 :             :                 Assert(rel->fdwroutine);
     707         [ +  + ]:         842 :                 if (!rel->fdwroutine->IsForeignScanParallelSafe)
     708                 :         803 :                     return;
     709         [ -  + ]:          39 :                 if (!rel->fdwroutine->IsForeignScanParallelSafe(root, rel, rte))
     710                 :           0 :                     return;
     711                 :             :             }
     712                 :             : 
     713                 :             :             /*
     714                 :             :              * There are additional considerations for appendrels, which we'll
     715                 :             :              * deal with in set_append_rel_size and set_append_rel_pathlist.
     716                 :             :              * For now, just set consider_parallel based on the rel's own
     717                 :             :              * quals and targetlist.
     718                 :             :              */
     719                 :      264080 :             break;
     720                 :             : 
     721                 :       15138 :         case RTE_SUBQUERY:
     722                 :             : 
     723                 :             :             /*
     724                 :             :              * There's no intrinsic problem with scanning a subquery-in-FROM
     725                 :             :              * (as distinct from a SubPlan or InitPlan) in a parallel worker.
     726                 :             :              * If the subquery doesn't happen to have any parallel-safe paths,
     727                 :             :              * then flagging it as consider_parallel won't change anything,
     728                 :             :              * but that's true for plain tables, too.  We must set
     729                 :             :              * consider_parallel based on the rel's own quals and targetlist,
     730                 :             :              * so that if a subquery path is parallel-safe but the quals and
     731                 :             :              * projection we're sticking onto it are not, we correctly mark
     732                 :             :              * the SubqueryScanPath as not parallel-safe.  (Note that
     733                 :             :              * set_subquery_pathlist() might push some of these quals down
     734                 :             :              * into the subquery itself, but that doesn't change anything.)
     735                 :             :              *
     736                 :             :              * We can't push sub-select containing LIMIT/OFFSET to workers as
     737                 :             :              * there is no guarantee that the row order will be fully
     738                 :             :              * deterministic, and applying LIMIT/OFFSET will lead to
     739                 :             :              * inconsistent results at the top-level.  (In some cases, where
     740                 :             :              * the result is ordered, we could relax this restriction.  But it
     741                 :             :              * doesn't currently seem worth expending extra effort to do so.)
     742                 :             :              */
     743                 :             :             {
     744                 :       15138 :                 Query      *subquery = castNode(Query, rte->subquery);
     745                 :             : 
     746         [ +  + ]:       15138 :                 if (limit_needed(subquery))
     747                 :         508 :                     return;
     748                 :             :             }
     749                 :       14630 :             break;
     750                 :             : 
     751                 :           0 :         case RTE_JOIN:
     752                 :             :             /* Shouldn't happen; we're only considering baserels here. */
     753                 :             :             Assert(false);
     754                 :           0 :             return;
     755                 :             : 
     756                 :       19560 :         case RTE_FUNCTION:
     757                 :             :             /* Check for parallel-restricted functions. */
     758         [ +  + ]:       19560 :             if (!is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) rte->functions))
     759                 :        8532 :                 return;
     760                 :       11028 :             break;
     761                 :             : 
     762                 :         619 :         case RTE_TABLEFUNC:
     763                 :             :             /* not parallel safe */
     764                 :         619 :             return;
     765                 :             : 
     766                 :        2484 :         case RTE_VALUES:
     767                 :             :             /* Check for parallel-restricted functions. */
     768         [ +  + ]:        2484 :             if (!is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) rte->values_lists))
     769                 :          10 :                 return;
     770                 :        2474 :             break;
     771                 :             : 
     772                 :        2769 :         case RTE_CTE:
     773                 :             : 
     774                 :             :             /*
     775                 :             :              * CTE tuplestores aren't shared among parallel workers, so we
     776                 :             :              * force all CTE scans to happen in the leader.  Also, populating
     777                 :             :              * the CTE would require executing a subplan that's not available
     778                 :             :              * in the worker, might be parallel-restricted, and must get
     779                 :             :              * executed only once.
     780                 :             :              */
     781                 :        2769 :             return;
     782                 :             : 
     783                 :         373 :         case RTE_NAMEDTUPLESTORE:
     784                 :             : 
     785                 :             :             /*
     786                 :             :              * tuplestore cannot be shared, at least without more
     787                 :             :              * infrastructure to support that.
     788                 :             :              */
     789                 :         373 :             return;
     790                 :             : 
     791                 :        3275 :         case RTE_RESULT:
     792                 :             :             /* RESULT RTEs, in themselves, are no problem. */
     793                 :        3275 :             break;
     794                 :           0 :         case RTE_GROUP:
     795                 :             :             /* Shouldn't happen; we're only considering baserels here. */
     796                 :             :             Assert(false);
     797                 :           0 :             return;
     798                 :             :     }
     799                 :             : 
     800                 :             :     /*
     801                 :             :      * If there's anything in baserestrictinfo that's parallel-restricted, we
     802                 :             :      * give up on parallelizing access to this relation.  We could consider
     803                 :             :      * instead postponing application of the restricted quals until we're
     804                 :             :      * above all the parallelism in the plan tree, but it's not clear that
     805                 :             :      * that would be a win in very many cases, and it might be tricky to make
     806                 :             :      * outer join clauses work correctly.  It would likely break equivalence
     807                 :             :      * classes, too.
     808                 :             :      */
     809         [ +  + ]:      295487 :     if (!is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) rel->baserestrictinfo))
     810                 :       21005 :         return;
     811                 :             : 
     812                 :             :     /*
     813                 :             :      * Likewise, if the relation's outputs are not parallel-safe, give up.
     814                 :             :      * (Usually, they're just Vars, but sometimes they're not.)
     815                 :             :      */
     816         [ +  + ]:      274482 :     if (!is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) rel->reltarget->exprs))
     817                 :          45 :         return;
     818                 :             : 
     819                 :             :     /* We have a winner. */
     820                 :      274437 :     rel->consider_parallel = true;
     821                 :             : }
     822                 :             : 
     823                 :             : /*
     824                 :             :  * set_plain_rel_pathlist
     825                 :             :  *    Build access paths for a plain relation (no subquery, no inheritance)
     826                 :             :  */
     827                 :             : static void
     828                 :      310435 : set_plain_rel_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, RangeTblEntry *rte)
     829                 :             : {
     830                 :             :     Relids      required_outer;
     831                 :             : 
     832                 :             :     /*
     833                 :             :      * We don't support pushing join clauses into the quals of a seqscan, but
     834                 :             :      * it could still have required parameterization due to LATERAL refs in
     835                 :             :      * its tlist.
     836                 :             :      */
     837                 :      310435 :     required_outer = rel->lateral_relids;
     838                 :             : 
     839                 :             :     /*
     840                 :             :      * Consider TID scans.
     841                 :             :      *
     842                 :             :      * If create_tidscan_paths returns true, then a TID scan path is forced.
     843                 :             :      * This happens when rel->baserestrictinfo contains CurrentOfExpr, because
     844                 :             :      * the executor can't handle any other type of path for such queries.
     845                 :             :      * Hence, we return without adding any other paths.
     846                 :             :      */
     847         [ +  + ]:      310435 :     if (create_tidscan_paths(root, rel))
     848                 :         344 :         return;
     849                 :             : 
     850                 :             :     /* Consider sequential scan */
     851                 :      310091 :     add_path(rel, create_seqscan_path(root, rel, required_outer, 0));
     852                 :             : 
     853                 :             :     /* If appropriate, consider parallel sequential scan */
     854   [ +  +  +  + ]:      310091 :     if (rel->consider_parallel && required_outer == NULL)
     855                 :      232487 :         create_plain_partial_paths(root, rel);
     856                 :             : 
     857                 :             :     /* Consider index scans */
     858                 :      310091 :     create_index_paths(root, rel);
     859                 :             : }
     860                 :             : 
     861                 :             : /*
     862                 :             :  * create_plain_partial_paths
     863                 :             :  *    Build partial access paths for parallel scan of a plain relation
     864                 :             :  */
     865                 :             : static void
     866                 :      232487 : create_plain_partial_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel)
     867                 :             : {
     868                 :             :     int         parallel_workers;
     869                 :             : 
     870                 :      232487 :     parallel_workers = compute_parallel_worker(rel, rel->pages, -1,
     871                 :             :                                                max_parallel_workers_per_gather);
     872                 :             : 
     873                 :             :     /* If any limit was set to zero, the user doesn't want a parallel scan. */
     874         [ +  + ]:      232487 :     if (parallel_workers <= 0)
     875                 :      208969 :         return;
     876                 :             : 
     877                 :             :     /* Add an unordered partial path based on a parallel sequential scan. */
     878                 :       23518 :     add_partial_path(rel, create_seqscan_path(root, rel, NULL, parallel_workers));
     879                 :             : }
     880                 :             : 
     881                 :             : /*
     882                 :             :  * set_tablesample_rel_size
     883                 :             :  *    Set size estimates for a sampled relation
     884                 :             :  */
     885                 :             : static void
     886                 :         247 : set_tablesample_rel_size(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, RangeTblEntry *rte)
     887                 :             : {
     888                 :         247 :     TableSampleClause *tsc = rte->tablesample;
     889                 :             :     TsmRoutine *tsm;
     890                 :             :     BlockNumber pages;
     891                 :             :     double      tuples;
     892                 :             : 
     893                 :             :     /*
     894                 :             :      * Test any partial indexes of rel for applicability.  We must do this
     895                 :             :      * first since partial unique indexes can affect size estimates.
     896                 :             :      */
     897                 :         247 :     check_index_predicates(root, rel);
     898                 :             : 
     899                 :             :     /*
     900                 :             :      * Call the sampling method's estimation function to estimate the number
     901                 :             :      * of pages it will read and the number of tuples it will return.  (Note:
     902                 :             :      * we assume the function returns sane values.)
     903                 :             :      */
     904                 :         247 :     tsm = GetTsmRoutine(tsc->tsmhandler);
     905                 :         247 :     tsm->SampleScanGetSampleSize(root, rel, tsc->args,
     906                 :             :                                  &pages, &tuples);
     907                 :             : 
     908                 :             :     /*
     909                 :             :      * For the moment, because we will only consider a SampleScan path for the
     910                 :             :      * rel, it's okay to just overwrite the pages and tuples estimates for the
     911                 :             :      * whole relation.  If we ever consider multiple path types for sampled
     912                 :             :      * rels, we'll need more complication.
     913                 :             :      */
     914                 :         247 :     rel->pages = pages;
     915                 :         247 :     rel->tuples = tuples;
     916                 :             : 
     917                 :             :     /* Mark rel with estimated output rows, width, etc */
     918                 :         247 :     set_baserel_size_estimates(root, rel);
     919                 :         247 : }
     920                 :             : 
     921                 :             : /*
     922                 :             :  * set_tablesample_rel_pathlist
     923                 :             :  *    Build access paths for a sampled relation
     924                 :             :  */
     925                 :             : static void
     926                 :         247 : set_tablesample_rel_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, RangeTblEntry *rte)
     927                 :             : {
     928                 :             :     Relids      required_outer;
     929                 :             :     Path       *path;
     930                 :             : 
     931                 :             :     /*
     932                 :             :      * We don't support pushing join clauses into the quals of a samplescan,
     933                 :             :      * but it could still have required parameterization due to LATERAL refs
     934                 :             :      * in its tlist or TABLESAMPLE arguments.
     935                 :             :      */
     936                 :         247 :     required_outer = rel->lateral_relids;
     937                 :             : 
     938                 :             :     /* Consider sampled scan */
     939                 :         247 :     path = create_samplescan_path(root, rel, required_outer);
     940                 :             : 
     941                 :             :     /*
     942                 :             :      * If the sampling method does not support repeatable scans, we must avoid
     943                 :             :      * plans that would scan the rel multiple times.  Ideally, we'd simply
     944                 :             :      * avoid putting the rel on the inside of a nestloop join; but adding such
     945                 :             :      * a consideration to the planner seems like a great deal of complication
     946                 :             :      * to support an uncommon usage of second-rate sampling methods.  Instead,
     947                 :             :      * if there is a risk that the query might perform an unsafe join, just
     948                 :             :      * wrap the SampleScan in a Materialize node.  We can check for joins by
     949                 :             :      * counting the membership of all_query_rels (note that this correctly
     950                 :             :      * counts inheritance trees as single rels).  If we're inside a subquery,
     951                 :             :      * we can't easily check whether a join might occur in the outer query, so
     952                 :             :      * just assume one is possible.
     953                 :             :      *
     954                 :             :      * GetTsmRoutine is relatively expensive compared to the other tests here,
     955                 :             :      * so check repeatable_across_scans last, even though that's a bit odd.
     956                 :             :      */
     957   [ +  +  +  + ]:         477 :     if ((root->query_level > 1 ||
     958                 :         230 :          bms_membership(root->all_query_rels) != BMS_SINGLETON) &&
     959         [ +  + ]:          79 :         !(GetTsmRoutine(rte->tablesample->tsmhandler)->repeatable_across_scans))
     960                 :             :     {
     961                 :           6 :         path = (Path *) create_material_path(rel, path, true);
     962                 :             :     }
     963                 :             : 
     964                 :         247 :     add_path(rel, path);
     965                 :             : 
     966                 :             :     /* For the moment, at least, there are no other paths to consider */
     967                 :         247 : }
     968                 :             : 
     969                 :             : /*
     970                 :             :  * set_foreign_size
     971                 :             :  *      Set size estimates for a foreign table RTE
     972                 :             :  */
     973                 :             : static void
     974                 :        1327 : set_foreign_size(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, RangeTblEntry *rte)
     975                 :             : {
     976                 :             :     /* Mark rel with estimated output rows, width, etc */
     977                 :        1327 :     set_foreign_size_estimates(root, rel);
     978                 :             : 
     979                 :             :     /* Let FDW adjust the size estimates, if it can */
     980                 :        1327 :     rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignRelSize(root, rel, rte->relid);
     981                 :             : 
     982                 :             :     /* ... but do not let it set the rows estimate to zero */
     983                 :        1325 :     rel->rows = clamp_row_est(rel->rows);
     984                 :             : 
     985                 :             :     /*
     986                 :             :      * Also, make sure rel->tuples is not insane relative to rel->rows.
     987                 :             :      * Notably, this ensures sanity if pg_class.reltuples contains -1 and the
     988                 :             :      * FDW doesn't do anything to replace that.
     989                 :             :      */
     990         [ +  + ]:        1325 :     rel->tuples = Max(rel->tuples, rel->rows);
     991                 :        1325 : }
     992                 :             : 
     993                 :             : /*
     994                 :             :  * set_foreign_pathlist
     995                 :             :  *      Build access paths for a foreign table RTE
     996                 :             :  */
     997                 :             : static void
     998                 :        1325 : set_foreign_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, RangeTblEntry *rte)
     999                 :             : {
    1000                 :             :     /* Call the FDW's GetForeignPaths function to generate path(s) */
    1001                 :        1325 :     rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignPaths(root, rel, rte->relid);
    1002                 :        1325 : }
    1003                 :             : 
    1004                 :             : /*
    1005                 :             :  * set_append_rel_size
    1006                 :             :  *    Set size estimates for a simple "append relation"
    1007                 :             :  *
    1008                 :             :  * The passed-in rel and RTE represent the entire append relation.  The
    1009                 :             :  * relation's contents are computed by appending together the output of the
    1010                 :             :  * individual member relations.  Note that in the non-partitioned inheritance
    1011                 :             :  * case, the first member relation is actually the same table as is mentioned
    1012                 :             :  * in the parent RTE ... but it has a different RTE and RelOptInfo.  This is
    1013                 :             :  * a good thing because their outputs are not the same size.
    1014                 :             :  */
    1015                 :             : static void
    1016                 :       20209 : set_append_rel_size(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
    1017                 :             :                     Index rti, RangeTblEntry *rte)
    1018                 :             : {
    1019                 :       20209 :     int         parentRTindex = rti;
    1020                 :             :     bool        has_live_children;
    1021                 :             :     double      parent_tuples;
    1022                 :             :     double      parent_rows;
    1023                 :             :     double      parent_size;
    1024                 :             :     double     *parent_attrsizes;
    1025                 :             :     int         nattrs;
    1026                 :             :     ListCell   *l;
    1027                 :             : 
    1028                 :             :     /* Guard against stack overflow due to overly deep inheritance tree. */
    1029                 :       20209 :     check_stack_depth();
    1030                 :             : 
    1031                 :             :     Assert(IS_SIMPLE_REL(rel));
    1032                 :             : 
    1033                 :             :     /*
    1034                 :             :      * If this is a partitioned baserel, set the consider_partitionwise_join
    1035                 :             :      * flag; currently, we only consider partitionwise joins with the baserel
    1036                 :             :      * if its targetlist doesn't contain a whole-row Var.
    1037                 :             :      */
    1038         [ +  + ]:       20209 :     if (enable_partitionwise_join &&
    1039         [ +  + ]:        4209 :         rel->reloptkind == RELOPT_BASEREL &&
    1040         [ +  - ]:        3359 :         rte->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE &&
    1041         [ +  + ]:        3359 :         bms_is_empty(rel->attr_needed[InvalidAttrNumber - rel->min_attr]))
    1042                 :        3301 :         rel->consider_partitionwise_join = true;
    1043                 :             : 
    1044                 :             :     /*
    1045                 :             :      * Initialize to compute size estimates for whole append relation.
    1046                 :             :      *
    1047                 :             :      * We handle tuples estimates by setting "tuples" to the total number of
    1048                 :             :      * tuples accumulated from each live child, rather than using "rows".
    1049                 :             :      * Although an appendrel itself doesn't directly enforce any quals, its
    1050                 :             :      * child relations may.  Therefore, setting "tuples" equal to "rows" for
    1051                 :             :      * an appendrel isn't always appropriate, and can lead to inaccurate cost
    1052                 :             :      * estimates.  For example, when estimating the number of distinct values
    1053                 :             :      * from an appendrel, we would be unable to adjust the estimate based on
    1054                 :             :      * the restriction selectivity (see estimate_num_groups).
    1055                 :             :      *
    1056                 :             :      * We handle width estimates by weighting the widths of different child
    1057                 :             :      * rels proportionally to their number of rows.  This is sensible because
    1058                 :             :      * the use of width estimates is mainly to compute the total relation
    1059                 :             :      * "footprint" if we have to sort or hash it.  To do this, we sum the
    1060                 :             :      * total equivalent size (in "double" arithmetic) and then divide by the
    1061                 :             :      * total rowcount estimate.  This is done separately for the total rel
    1062                 :             :      * width and each attribute.
    1063                 :             :      *
    1064                 :             :      * Note: if you consider changing this logic, beware that child rels could
    1065                 :             :      * have zero rows and/or width, if they were excluded by constraints.
    1066                 :             :      */
    1067                 :       20209 :     has_live_children = false;
    1068                 :       20209 :     parent_tuples = 0;
    1069                 :       20209 :     parent_rows = 0;
    1070                 :       20209 :     parent_size = 0;
    1071                 :       20209 :     nattrs = rel->max_attr - rel->min_attr + 1;
    1072                 :       20209 :     parent_attrsizes = palloc0_array(double, nattrs);
    1073                 :             : 
    1074   [ +  +  +  +  :      109596 :     foreach(l, root->append_rel_list)
                   +  + ]
    1075                 :             :     {
    1076                 :       89388 :         AppendRelInfo *appinfo = (AppendRelInfo *) lfirst(l);
    1077                 :             :         int         childRTindex;
    1078                 :             :         RangeTblEntry *childRTE;
    1079                 :             :         RelOptInfo *childrel;
    1080                 :             :         List       *childrinfos;
    1081                 :             :         ListCell   *parentvars;
    1082                 :             :         ListCell   *childvars;
    1083                 :             :         ListCell   *lc;
    1084                 :             : 
    1085                 :             :         /* append_rel_list contains all append rels; ignore others */
    1086         [ +  + ]:       89388 :         if (appinfo->parent_relid != parentRTindex)
    1087                 :       43558 :             continue;
    1088                 :             : 
    1089                 :       46140 :         childRTindex = appinfo->child_relid;
    1090                 :       46140 :         childRTE = root->simple_rte_array[childRTindex];
    1091                 :             : 
    1092                 :             :         /*
    1093                 :             :          * The child rel's RelOptInfo was already created during
    1094                 :             :          * add_other_rels_to_query.
    1095                 :             :          */
    1096                 :       46140 :         childrel = find_base_rel(root, childRTindex);
    1097                 :             :         Assert(childrel->reloptkind == RELOPT_OTHER_MEMBER_REL);
    1098                 :             : 
    1099                 :             :         /* We may have already proven the child to be dummy. */
    1100         [ +  + ]:       46140 :         if (IS_DUMMY_REL(childrel))
    1101                 :          15 :             continue;
    1102                 :             : 
    1103                 :             :         /*
    1104                 :             :          * We have to copy the parent's targetlist and quals to the child,
    1105                 :             :          * with appropriate substitution of variables.  However, the
    1106                 :             :          * baserestrictinfo quals were already copied/substituted when the
    1107                 :             :          * child RelOptInfo was built.  So we don't need any additional setup
    1108                 :             :          * before applying constraint exclusion.
    1109                 :             :          */
    1110         [ +  + ]:       46125 :         if (relation_excluded_by_constraints(root, childrel, childRTE))
    1111                 :             :         {
    1112                 :             :             /*
    1113                 :             :              * This child need not be scanned, so we can omit it from the
    1114                 :             :              * appendrel.
    1115                 :             :              */
    1116                 :         160 :             set_dummy_rel_pathlist(childrel);
    1117                 :         160 :             continue;
    1118                 :             :         }
    1119                 :             : 
    1120                 :             :         /*
    1121                 :             :          * Constraint exclusion failed, so copy the parent's join quals and
    1122                 :             :          * targetlist to the child, with appropriate variable substitutions.
    1123                 :             :          *
    1124                 :             :          * We skip join quals that came from above outer joins that can null
    1125                 :             :          * this rel, since they would be of no value while generating paths
    1126                 :             :          * for the child.  This saves some effort while processing the child
    1127                 :             :          * rel, and it also avoids an implementation restriction in
    1128                 :             :          * adjust_appendrel_attrs (it can't apply nullingrels to a non-Var).
    1129                 :             :          */
    1130                 :       45965 :         childrinfos = NIL;
    1131   [ +  +  +  +  :       57004 :         foreach(lc, rel->joininfo)
                   +  + ]
    1132                 :             :         {
    1133                 :       11039 :             RestrictInfo *rinfo = (RestrictInfo *) lfirst(lc);
    1134                 :             : 
    1135         [ +  + ]:       11039 :             if (!bms_overlap(rinfo->clause_relids, rel->nulling_relids))
    1136                 :        9104 :                 childrinfos = lappend(childrinfos,
    1137                 :        9104 :                                       adjust_appendrel_attrs(root,
    1138                 :             :                                                              (Node *) rinfo,
    1139                 :             :                                                              1, &appinfo));
    1140                 :             :         }
    1141                 :       45965 :         childrel->joininfo = childrinfos;
    1142                 :             : 
    1143                 :             :         /*
    1144                 :             :          * Now for the child's targetlist.
    1145                 :             :          *
    1146                 :             :          * NB: the resulting childrel->reltarget->exprs may contain arbitrary
    1147                 :             :          * expressions, which otherwise would not occur in a rel's targetlist.
    1148                 :             :          * Code that might be looking at an appendrel child must cope with
    1149                 :             :          * such.  (Normally, a rel's targetlist would only include Vars and
    1150                 :             :          * PlaceHolderVars.)  XXX we do not bother to update the cost or width
    1151                 :             :          * fields of childrel->reltarget; not clear if that would be useful.
    1152                 :             :          */
    1153                 :       91930 :         childrel->reltarget->exprs = (List *)
    1154                 :       45965 :             adjust_appendrel_attrs(root,
    1155                 :       45965 :                                    (Node *) rel->reltarget->exprs,
    1156                 :             :                                    1, &appinfo);
    1157                 :             : 
    1158                 :             :         /*
    1159                 :             :          * We have to make child entries in the EquivalenceClass data
    1160                 :             :          * structures as well.  This is needed either if the parent
    1161                 :             :          * participates in some eclass joins (because we will want to consider
    1162                 :             :          * inner-indexscan joins on the individual children) or if the parent
    1163                 :             :          * has useful pathkeys (because we should try to build MergeAppend
    1164                 :             :          * paths that produce those sort orderings).
    1165                 :             :          */
    1166   [ +  +  +  + ]:       45965 :         if (rel->has_eclass_joins || has_useful_pathkeys(root, rel))
    1167                 :       27987 :             add_child_rel_equivalences(root, appinfo, rel, childrel);
    1168                 :       45965 :         childrel->has_eclass_joins = rel->has_eclass_joins;
    1169                 :             : 
    1170                 :             :         /*
    1171                 :             :          * Note: we could compute appropriate attr_needed data for the child's
    1172                 :             :          * variables, by transforming the parent's attr_needed through the
    1173                 :             :          * translated_vars mapping.  However, currently there's no need
    1174                 :             :          * because attr_needed is only examined for base relations not
    1175                 :             :          * otherrels.  So we just leave the child's attr_needed empty.
    1176                 :             :          */
    1177                 :             : 
    1178                 :             :         /*
    1179                 :             :          * If we consider partitionwise joins with the parent rel, do the same
    1180                 :             :          * for partitioned child rels.
    1181                 :             :          *
    1182                 :             :          * Note: here we abuse the consider_partitionwise_join flag by setting
    1183                 :             :          * it for child rels that are not themselves partitioned.  We do so to
    1184                 :             :          * tell try_partitionwise_join() that the child rel is sufficiently
    1185                 :             :          * valid to be used as a per-partition input, even if it later gets
    1186                 :             :          * proven to be dummy.  (It's not usable until we've set up the
    1187                 :             :          * reltarget and EC entries, which we just did.)
    1188                 :             :          */
    1189         [ +  + ]:       45965 :         if (rel->consider_partitionwise_join)
    1190                 :       11157 :             childrel->consider_partitionwise_join = true;
    1191                 :             : 
    1192                 :             :         /*
    1193                 :             :          * If parallelism is allowable for this query in general, see whether
    1194                 :             :          * it's allowable for this childrel in particular.  But if we've
    1195                 :             :          * already decided the appendrel is not parallel-safe as a whole,
    1196                 :             :          * there's no point in considering parallelism for this child.  For
    1197                 :             :          * consistency, do this before calling set_rel_size() for the child.
    1198                 :             :          */
    1199   [ +  +  +  + ]:       45965 :         if (root->glob->parallelModeOK && rel->consider_parallel)
    1200                 :       34205 :             set_rel_consider_parallel(root, childrel, childRTE);
    1201                 :             : 
    1202                 :             :         /*
    1203                 :             :          * Compute the child's size.
    1204                 :             :          */
    1205                 :       45965 :         set_rel_size(root, childrel, childRTindex, childRTE);
    1206                 :             : 
    1207                 :             :         /*
    1208                 :             :          * It is possible that constraint exclusion detected a contradiction
    1209                 :             :          * within a child subquery, even though we didn't prove one above. If
    1210                 :             :          * so, we can skip this child.
    1211                 :             :          */
    1212         [ +  + ]:       45964 :         if (IS_DUMMY_REL(childrel))
    1213                 :         135 :             continue;
    1214                 :             : 
    1215                 :             :         /* We have at least one live child. */
    1216                 :       45829 :         has_live_children = true;
    1217                 :             : 
    1218                 :             :         /*
    1219                 :             :          * If any live child is not parallel-safe, treat the whole appendrel
    1220                 :             :          * as not parallel-safe.  In future we might be able to generate plans
    1221                 :             :          * in which some children are farmed out to workers while others are
    1222                 :             :          * not; but we don't have that today, so it's a waste to consider
    1223                 :             :          * partial paths anywhere in the appendrel unless it's all safe.
    1224                 :             :          * (Child rels visited before this one will be unmarked in
    1225                 :             :          * set_append_rel_pathlist().)
    1226                 :             :          */
    1227         [ +  + ]:       45829 :         if (!childrel->consider_parallel)
    1228                 :       12186 :             rel->consider_parallel = false;
    1229                 :             : 
    1230                 :             :         /*
    1231                 :             :          * Accumulate size information from each live child.
    1232                 :             :          */
    1233                 :             :         Assert(childrel->rows > 0);
    1234                 :             : 
    1235                 :       45829 :         parent_tuples += childrel->tuples;
    1236                 :       45829 :         parent_rows += childrel->rows;
    1237                 :       45829 :         parent_size += childrel->reltarget->width * childrel->rows;
    1238                 :             : 
    1239                 :             :         /*
    1240                 :             :          * Accumulate per-column estimates too.  We need not do anything for
    1241                 :             :          * PlaceHolderVars in the parent list.  If child expression isn't a
    1242                 :             :          * Var, or we didn't record a width estimate for it, we have to fall
    1243                 :             :          * back on a datatype-based estimate.
    1244                 :             :          *
    1245                 :             :          * By construction, child's targetlist is 1-to-1 with parent's.
    1246                 :             :          */
    1247   [ +  +  +  +  :      145384 :         forboth(parentvars, rel->reltarget->exprs,
          +  +  +  +  +  
             +  +  -  +  
                      + ]
    1248                 :             :                 childvars, childrel->reltarget->exprs)
    1249                 :             :         {
    1250                 :       99555 :             Var        *parentvar = (Var *) lfirst(parentvars);
    1251                 :       99555 :             Node       *childvar = (Node *) lfirst(childvars);
    1252                 :             : 
    1253   [ +  +  +  + ]:       99555 :             if (IsA(parentvar, Var) && parentvar->varno == parentRTindex)
    1254                 :             :             {
    1255                 :       89193 :                 int         pndx = parentvar->varattno - rel->min_attr;
    1256                 :       89193 :                 int32       child_width = 0;
    1257                 :             : 
    1258         [ +  + ]:       89193 :                 if (IsA(childvar, Var) &&
    1259         [ +  + ]:       85009 :                     ((Var *) childvar)->varno == childrel->relid)
    1260                 :             :                 {
    1261                 :       84934 :                     int         cndx = ((Var *) childvar)->varattno - childrel->min_attr;
    1262                 :             : 
    1263                 :       84934 :                     child_width = childrel->attr_widths[cndx];
    1264                 :             :                 }
    1265         [ +  + ]:       89193 :                 if (child_width <= 0)
    1266                 :        4259 :                     child_width = get_typavgwidth(exprType(childvar),
    1267                 :             :                                                   exprTypmod(childvar));
    1268                 :             :                 Assert(child_width > 0);
    1269                 :       89193 :                 parent_attrsizes[pndx] += child_width * childrel->rows;
    1270                 :             :             }
    1271                 :             :         }
    1272                 :             :     }
    1273                 :             : 
    1274         [ +  + ]:       20208 :     if (has_live_children)
    1275                 :             :     {
    1276                 :             :         /*
    1277                 :             :          * Save the finished size estimates.
    1278                 :             :          */
    1279                 :             :         int         i;
    1280                 :             : 
    1281                 :             :         Assert(parent_rows > 0);
    1282                 :       19957 :         rel->tuples = parent_tuples;
    1283                 :       19957 :         rel->rows = parent_rows;
    1284                 :       19957 :         rel->reltarget->width = rint(parent_size / parent_rows);
    1285         [ +  + ]:      183386 :         for (i = 0; i < nattrs; i++)
    1286                 :      163429 :             rel->attr_widths[i] = rint(parent_attrsizes[i] / parent_rows);
    1287                 :             : 
    1288                 :             :         /*
    1289                 :             :          * Note that we leave rel->pages as zero; this is important to avoid
    1290                 :             :          * double-counting the appendrel tree in total_table_pages.
    1291                 :             :          */
    1292                 :             :     }
    1293                 :             :     else
    1294                 :             :     {
    1295                 :             :         /*
    1296                 :             :          * All children were excluded by constraints, so mark the whole
    1297                 :             :          * appendrel dummy.  We must do this in this phase so that the rel's
    1298                 :             :          * dummy-ness is visible when we generate paths for other rels.
    1299                 :             :          */
    1300                 :         251 :         set_dummy_rel_pathlist(rel);
    1301                 :             :     }
    1302                 :             : 
    1303                 :       20208 :     pfree(parent_attrsizes);
    1304                 :       20208 : }
    1305                 :             : 
    1306                 :             : /*
    1307                 :             :  * set_append_rel_pathlist
    1308                 :             :  *    Build access paths for an "append relation"
    1309                 :             :  */
    1310                 :             : static void
    1311                 :       19957 : set_append_rel_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
    1312                 :             :                         Index rti, RangeTblEntry *rte)
    1313                 :             : {
    1314                 :       19957 :     int         parentRTindex = rti;
    1315                 :       19957 :     List       *live_childrels = NIL;
    1316                 :             :     ListCell   *l;
    1317                 :             : 
    1318                 :             :     /*
    1319                 :             :      * Generate access paths for each member relation, and remember the
    1320                 :             :      * non-dummy children.
    1321                 :             :      */
    1322   [ +  -  +  +  :      108939 :     foreach(l, root->append_rel_list)
                   +  + ]
    1323                 :             :     {
    1324                 :       88982 :         AppendRelInfo *appinfo = (AppendRelInfo *) lfirst(l);
    1325                 :             :         int         childRTindex;
    1326                 :             :         RangeTblEntry *childRTE;
    1327                 :             :         RelOptInfo *childrel;
    1328                 :             : 
    1329                 :             :         /* append_rel_list contains all append rels; ignore others */
    1330         [ +  + ]:       88982 :         if (appinfo->parent_relid != parentRTindex)
    1331                 :       42898 :             continue;
    1332                 :             : 
    1333                 :             :         /* Re-locate the child RTE and RelOptInfo */
    1334                 :       46084 :         childRTindex = appinfo->child_relid;
    1335                 :       46084 :         childRTE = root->simple_rte_array[childRTindex];
    1336                 :       46084 :         childrel = root->simple_rel_array[childRTindex];
    1337                 :             : 
    1338                 :             :         /*
    1339                 :             :          * If set_append_rel_size() decided the parent appendrel was
    1340                 :             :          * parallel-unsafe at some point after visiting this child rel, we
    1341                 :             :          * need to propagate the unsafety marking down to the child, so that
    1342                 :             :          * we don't generate useless partial paths for it.
    1343                 :             :          */
    1344         [ +  + ]:       46084 :         if (!rel->consider_parallel)
    1345                 :       12355 :             childrel->consider_parallel = false;
    1346                 :             : 
    1347                 :             :         /*
    1348                 :             :          * Compute the child's access paths.
    1349                 :             :          */
    1350                 :       46084 :         set_rel_pathlist(root, childrel, childRTindex, childRTE);
    1351                 :             : 
    1352                 :             :         /*
    1353                 :             :          * If child is dummy, ignore it.
    1354                 :             :          */
    1355         [ +  + ]:       46084 :         if (IS_DUMMY_REL(childrel))
    1356                 :         255 :             continue;
    1357                 :             : 
    1358                 :             :         /*
    1359                 :             :          * Child is live, so add it to the live_childrels list for use below.
    1360                 :             :          */
    1361                 :       45829 :         live_childrels = lappend(live_childrels, childrel);
    1362                 :             :     }
    1363                 :             : 
    1364                 :             :     /* Add paths to the append relation. */
    1365                 :       19957 :     add_paths_to_append_rel(root, rel, live_childrels);
    1366                 :       19957 : }
    1367                 :             : 
    1368                 :             : /*
    1369                 :             :  * set_grouped_rel_pathlist
    1370                 :             :  *    If a grouped relation for the given 'rel' exists, build partial
    1371                 :             :  *    aggregation paths for it.
    1372                 :             :  */
    1373                 :             : static void
    1374                 :      399564 : set_grouped_rel_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel)
    1375                 :             : {
    1376                 :             :     RelOptInfo *grouped_rel;
    1377                 :             : 
    1378                 :             :     /*
    1379                 :             :      * If there are no aggregate expressions or grouping expressions, eager
    1380                 :             :      * aggregation is not possible.
    1381                 :             :      */
    1382         [ +  + ]:      399564 :     if (root->agg_clause_list == NIL ||
    1383         [ +  + ]:        2814 :         root->group_expr_list == NIL)
    1384                 :      397274 :         return;
    1385                 :             : 
    1386                 :             :     /* Add paths to the grouped base relation if one exists. */
    1387                 :        2290 :     grouped_rel = rel->grouped_rel;
    1388         [ +  + ]:        2290 :     if (grouped_rel)
    1389                 :             :     {
    1390                 :             :         Assert(IS_GROUPED_REL(grouped_rel));
    1391                 :             : 
    1392                 :         477 :         generate_grouped_paths(root, grouped_rel, rel);
    1393                 :         477 :         set_cheapest(grouped_rel);
    1394                 :             :     }
    1395                 :             : }
    1396                 :             : 
    1397                 :             : 
    1398                 :             : /*
    1399                 :             :  * add_paths_to_append_rel
    1400                 :             :  *      Generate paths for the given append relation given the set of non-dummy
    1401                 :             :  *      child rels.
    1402                 :             :  *
    1403                 :             :  * The function collects all parameterizations and orderings supported by the
    1404                 :             :  * non-dummy children. For every such parameterization or ordering, it creates
    1405                 :             :  * an append path collecting one path from each non-dummy child with given
    1406                 :             :  * parameterization or ordering. Similarly it collects partial paths from
    1407                 :             :  * non-dummy children to create partial append paths.
    1408                 :             :  */
    1409                 :             : void
    1410                 :       36627 : add_paths_to_append_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
    1411                 :             :                         List *live_childrels)
    1412                 :             : {
    1413                 :       36627 :     AppendPathInput unparameterized = {0};
    1414                 :       36627 :     AppendPathInput startup = {0};
    1415                 :       36627 :     AppendPathInput partial_only = {0};
    1416                 :       36627 :     AppendPathInput parallel_append = {0};
    1417                 :       36627 :     bool        unparameterized_valid = true;
    1418                 :       36627 :     bool        startup_valid = true;
    1419                 :       36627 :     bool        partial_only_valid = true;
    1420                 :       36627 :     bool        parallel_append_valid = true;
    1421                 :       36627 :     List       *all_child_pathkeys = NIL;
    1422                 :       36627 :     List       *all_child_outers = NIL;
    1423                 :             :     ListCell   *l;
    1424                 :       36627 :     double      partial_rows = -1;
    1425                 :             : 
    1426                 :             :     /* If appropriate, consider parallel append */
    1427   [ +  +  +  + ]:       36627 :     parallel_append_valid = enable_parallel_append && rel->consider_parallel;
    1428                 :             : 
    1429                 :             :     /*
    1430                 :             :      * For every non-dummy child, remember the cheapest path.  Also, identify
    1431                 :             :      * all pathkeys (orderings) and parameterizations (required_outer sets)
    1432                 :             :      * available for the non-dummy member relations.
    1433                 :             :      */
    1434   [ +  -  +  +  :      119550 :     foreach(l, live_childrels)
                   +  + ]
    1435                 :             :     {
    1436                 :       82923 :         RelOptInfo *childrel = lfirst(l);
    1437                 :             :         ListCell   *lcp;
    1438                 :       82923 :         Path       *cheapest_partial_path = NULL;
    1439                 :             : 
    1440                 :             :         /*
    1441                 :             :          * If child has an unparameterized cheapest-total path, add that to
    1442                 :             :          * the unparameterized Append path we are constructing for the parent.
    1443                 :             :          * If not, there's no workable unparameterized path.
    1444                 :             :          *
    1445                 :             :          * With partitionwise aggregates, the child rel's pathlist may be
    1446                 :             :          * empty, so don't assume that a path exists here.
    1447                 :             :          */
    1448         [ +  - ]:       82923 :         if (childrel->pathlist != NIL &&
    1449         [ +  + ]:       82923 :             childrel->cheapest_total_path->param_info == NULL)
    1450                 :       82273 :             accumulate_append_subpath(childrel->cheapest_total_path,
    1451                 :             :                                       &unparameterized.subpaths, NULL, &unparameterized.child_append_relid_sets);
    1452                 :             :         else
    1453                 :         650 :             unparameterized_valid = false;
    1454                 :             : 
    1455                 :             :         /*
    1456                 :             :          * When the planner is considering cheap startup plans, we'll also
    1457                 :             :          * collect all the cheapest_startup_paths (if set) and build an
    1458                 :             :          * AppendPath containing those as subpaths.
    1459                 :             :          */
    1460   [ +  +  +  + ]:       82923 :         if (rel->consider_startup && childrel->cheapest_startup_path != NULL)
    1461                 :        1433 :         {
    1462                 :             :             Path       *cheapest_path;
    1463                 :             : 
    1464                 :             :             /*
    1465                 :             :              * With an indication of how many tuples the query should provide,
    1466                 :             :              * the optimizer tries to choose the path optimal for that
    1467                 :             :              * specific number of tuples.
    1468                 :             :              */
    1469         [ +  - ]:        1433 :             if (root->tuple_fraction > 0.0)
    1470                 :             :                 cheapest_path =
    1471                 :        1433 :                     get_cheapest_fractional_path(childrel,
    1472                 :             :                                                  root->tuple_fraction);
    1473                 :             :             else
    1474                 :           0 :                 cheapest_path = childrel->cheapest_startup_path;
    1475                 :             : 
    1476                 :             :             /* cheapest_startup_path must not be a parameterized path. */
    1477                 :             :             Assert(cheapest_path->param_info == NULL);
    1478                 :        1433 :             accumulate_append_subpath(cheapest_path,
    1479                 :             :                                       &startup.subpaths,
    1480                 :             :                                       NULL,
    1481                 :             :                                       &startup.child_append_relid_sets);
    1482                 :             :         }
    1483                 :             :         else
    1484                 :       81490 :             startup_valid = false;
    1485                 :             : 
    1486                 :             : 
    1487                 :             :         /* Same idea, but for a partial plan. */
    1488         [ +  + ]:       82923 :         if (childrel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
    1489                 :             :         {
    1490                 :       52901 :             cheapest_partial_path = linitial(childrel->partial_pathlist);
    1491                 :       52901 :             accumulate_append_subpath(cheapest_partial_path,
    1492                 :             :                                       &partial_only.partial_subpaths, NULL,
    1493                 :             :                                       &partial_only.child_append_relid_sets);
    1494                 :             :         }
    1495                 :             :         else
    1496                 :       30022 :             partial_only_valid = false;
    1497                 :             : 
    1498                 :             :         /*
    1499                 :             :          * Same idea, but for a parallel append mixing partial and non-partial
    1500                 :             :          * paths.
    1501                 :             :          */
    1502         [ +  + ]:       82923 :         if (parallel_append_valid)
    1503                 :             :         {
    1504                 :       62847 :             Path       *nppath = NULL;
    1505                 :             : 
    1506                 :             :             nppath =
    1507                 :       62847 :                 get_cheapest_parallel_safe_total_inner(childrel->pathlist);
    1508                 :             : 
    1509   [ +  +  +  + ]:       62847 :             if (cheapest_partial_path == NULL && nppath == NULL)
    1510                 :             :             {
    1511                 :             :                 /* Neither a partial nor a parallel-safe path?  Forget it. */
    1512                 :         429 :                 parallel_append_valid = false;
    1513                 :             :             }
    1514   [ +  +  +  + ]:       62418 :             else if (nppath == NULL ||
    1515                 :       52526 :                      (cheapest_partial_path != NULL &&
    1516         [ +  + ]:       52526 :                       cheapest_partial_path->total_cost < nppath->total_cost))
    1517                 :             :             {
    1518                 :             :                 /* Partial path is cheaper or the only option. */
    1519                 :             :                 Assert(cheapest_partial_path != NULL);
    1520                 :       52329 :                 accumulate_append_subpath(cheapest_partial_path,
    1521                 :             :                                           &parallel_append.partial_subpaths,
    1522                 :             :                                           &parallel_append.subpaths,
    1523                 :             :                                           &parallel_append.child_append_relid_sets);
    1524                 :             :             }
    1525                 :             :             else
    1526                 :             :             {
    1527                 :             :                 /*
    1528                 :             :                  * Either we've got only a non-partial path, or we think that
    1529                 :             :                  * a single backend can execute the best non-partial path
    1530                 :             :                  * faster than all the parallel backends working together can
    1531                 :             :                  * execute the best partial path.
    1532                 :             :                  *
    1533                 :             :                  * It might make sense to be more aggressive here.  Even if
    1534                 :             :                  * the best non-partial path is more expensive than the best
    1535                 :             :                  * partial path, it could still be better to choose the
    1536                 :             :                  * non-partial path if there are several such paths that can
    1537                 :             :                  * be given to different workers.  For now, we don't try to
    1538                 :             :                  * figure that out.
    1539                 :             :                  */
    1540                 :       10089 :                 accumulate_append_subpath(nppath,
    1541                 :             :                                           &parallel_append.subpaths,
    1542                 :             :                                           NULL,
    1543                 :             :                                           &parallel_append.child_append_relid_sets);
    1544                 :             :             }
    1545                 :             :         }
    1546                 :             : 
    1547                 :             :         /*
    1548                 :             :          * Collect lists of all the available path orderings and
    1549                 :             :          * parameterizations for all the children.  We use these as a
    1550                 :             :          * heuristic to indicate which sort orderings and parameterizations we
    1551                 :             :          * should build Append and MergeAppend paths for.
    1552                 :             :          */
    1553   [ +  -  +  +  :      194816 :         foreach(lcp, childrel->pathlist)
                   +  + ]
    1554                 :             :         {
    1555                 :      111893 :             Path       *childpath = (Path *) lfirst(lcp);
    1556                 :      111893 :             List       *childkeys = childpath->pathkeys;
    1557         [ +  + ]:      111893 :             Relids      childouter = PATH_REQ_OUTER(childpath);
    1558                 :             : 
    1559                 :             :             /* Unsorted paths don't contribute to pathkey list */
    1560         [ +  + ]:      111893 :             if (childkeys != NIL)
    1561                 :             :             {
    1562                 :             :                 ListCell   *lpk;
    1563                 :       29301 :                 bool        found = false;
    1564                 :             : 
    1565                 :             :                 /* Have we already seen this ordering? */
    1566   [ +  +  +  +  :       29454 :                 foreach(lpk, all_child_pathkeys)
                   +  + ]
    1567                 :             :                 {
    1568                 :       20055 :                     List       *existing_pathkeys = (List *) lfirst(lpk);
    1569                 :             : 
    1570         [ +  + ]:       20055 :                     if (compare_pathkeys(existing_pathkeys,
    1571                 :             :                                          childkeys) == PATHKEYS_EQUAL)
    1572                 :             :                     {
    1573                 :       19902 :                         found = true;
    1574                 :       19902 :                         break;
    1575                 :             :                     }
    1576                 :             :                 }
    1577         [ +  + ]:       29301 :                 if (!found)
    1578                 :             :                 {
    1579                 :             :                     /* No, so add it to all_child_pathkeys */
    1580                 :        9399 :                     all_child_pathkeys = lappend(all_child_pathkeys,
    1581                 :             :                                                  childkeys);
    1582                 :             :                 }
    1583                 :             :             }
    1584                 :             : 
    1585                 :             :             /* Unparameterized paths don't contribute to param-set list */
    1586         [ +  + ]:      111893 :             if (childouter)
    1587                 :             :             {
    1588                 :             :                 ListCell   *lco;
    1589                 :        5989 :                 bool        found = false;
    1590                 :             : 
    1591                 :             :                 /* Have we already seen this param set? */
    1592   [ +  +  +  +  :        6787 :                 foreach(lco, all_child_outers)
                   +  + ]
    1593                 :             :                 {
    1594                 :        4505 :                     Relids      existing_outers = (Relids) lfirst(lco);
    1595                 :             : 
    1596         [ +  + ]:        4505 :                     if (bms_equal(existing_outers, childouter))
    1597                 :             :                     {
    1598                 :        3707 :                         found = true;
    1599                 :        3707 :                         break;
    1600                 :             :                     }
    1601                 :             :                 }
    1602         [ +  + ]:        5989 :                 if (!found)
    1603                 :             :                 {
    1604                 :             :                     /* No, so add it to all_child_outers */
    1605                 :        2282 :                     all_child_outers = lappend(all_child_outers,
    1606                 :             :                                                childouter);
    1607                 :             :                 }
    1608                 :             :             }
    1609                 :             :         }
    1610                 :             :     }
    1611                 :             : 
    1612                 :             :     /*
    1613                 :             :      * If we found unparameterized paths for all children, build an unordered,
    1614                 :             :      * unparameterized Append path for the rel.  (Note: this is correct even
    1615                 :             :      * if we have zero or one live subpath due to constraint exclusion.)
    1616                 :             :      */
    1617         [ +  + ]:       36627 :     if (unparameterized_valid)
    1618                 :       36347 :         add_path(rel, (Path *) create_append_path(root, rel, unparameterized,
    1619                 :             :                                                   NIL, NULL, 0, false,
    1620                 :             :                                                   -1));
    1621                 :             : 
    1622                 :             :     /* build an AppendPath for the cheap startup paths, if valid */
    1623         [ +  + ]:       36627 :     if (startup_valid)
    1624                 :         575 :         add_path(rel, (Path *) create_append_path(root, rel, startup,
    1625                 :             :                                                   NIL, NULL, 0, false, -1));
    1626                 :             : 
    1627                 :             :     /*
    1628                 :             :      * Consider an append of unordered, unparameterized partial paths.  Make
    1629                 :             :      * it parallel-aware if possible.
    1630                 :             :      */
    1631   [ +  +  +  - ]:       36627 :     if (partial_only_valid && partial_only.partial_subpaths != NIL)
    1632                 :             :     {
    1633                 :             :         AppendPath *appendpath;
    1634                 :             :         ListCell   *lc;
    1635                 :       21734 :         int         parallel_workers = 0;
    1636                 :             : 
    1637                 :             :         /* Find the highest number of workers requested for any subpath. */
    1638   [ +  -  +  +  :       78268 :         foreach(lc, partial_only.partial_subpaths)
                   +  + ]
    1639                 :             :         {
    1640                 :       56534 :             Path       *path = lfirst(lc);
    1641                 :             : 
    1642                 :       56534 :             parallel_workers = Max(parallel_workers, path->parallel_workers);
    1643                 :             :         }
    1644                 :             :         Assert(parallel_workers > 0);
    1645                 :             : 
    1646                 :             :         /*
    1647                 :             :          * If the use of parallel append is permitted, always request at least
    1648                 :             :          * log2(# of children) workers.  We assume it can be useful to have
    1649                 :             :          * extra workers in this case because they will be spread out across
    1650                 :             :          * the children.  The precise formula is just a guess, but we don't
    1651                 :             :          * want to end up with a radically different answer for a table with N
    1652                 :             :          * partitions vs. an unpartitioned table with the same data, so the
    1653                 :             :          * use of some kind of log-scaling here seems to make some sense.
    1654                 :             :          */
    1655         [ +  + ]:       21734 :         if (enable_parallel_append)
    1656                 :             :         {
    1657         [ +  + ]:       21694 :             parallel_workers = Max(parallel_workers,
    1658                 :             :                                    pg_leftmost_one_pos32(list_length(live_childrels)) + 1);
    1659                 :       21694 :             parallel_workers = Min(parallel_workers,
    1660                 :             :                                    max_parallel_workers_per_gather);
    1661                 :             :         }
    1662                 :             :         Assert(parallel_workers > 0);
    1663                 :             : 
    1664                 :             :         /* Generate a partial append path. */
    1665                 :       21734 :         appendpath = create_append_path(root, rel, partial_only,
    1666                 :             :                                         NIL, NULL, parallel_workers,
    1667                 :             :                                         enable_parallel_append,
    1668                 :             :                                         -1);
    1669                 :             : 
    1670                 :             :         /*
    1671                 :             :          * Make sure any subsequent partial paths use the same row count
    1672                 :             :          * estimate.
    1673                 :             :          */
    1674                 :       21734 :         partial_rows = appendpath->path.rows;
    1675                 :             : 
    1676                 :             :         /* Add the path. */
    1677                 :       21734 :         add_partial_path(rel, (Path *) appendpath);
    1678                 :             :     }
    1679                 :             : 
    1680                 :             :     /*
    1681                 :             :      * Consider a parallel-aware append using a mix of partial and non-partial
    1682                 :             :      * paths.  (This only makes sense if there's at least one child which has
    1683                 :             :      * a non-partial path that is substantially cheaper than any partial path;
    1684                 :             :      * otherwise, we should use the append path added in the previous step.)
    1685                 :             :      */
    1686   [ +  +  +  + ]:       36627 :     if (parallel_append_valid && parallel_append.subpaths != NIL)
    1687                 :             :     {
    1688                 :             :         AppendPath *appendpath;
    1689                 :             :         ListCell   *lc;
    1690                 :        4030 :         int         parallel_workers = 0;
    1691                 :             : 
    1692                 :             :         /*
    1693                 :             :          * Find the highest number of workers requested for any partial
    1694                 :             :          * subpath.
    1695                 :             :          */
    1696   [ +  +  +  +  :        4780 :         foreach(lc, parallel_append.partial_subpaths)
                   +  + ]
    1697                 :             :         {
    1698                 :         750 :             Path       *path = lfirst(lc);
    1699                 :             : 
    1700                 :         750 :             parallel_workers = Max(parallel_workers, path->parallel_workers);
    1701                 :             :         }
    1702                 :             : 
    1703                 :             :         /*
    1704                 :             :          * Same formula here as above.  It's even more important in this
    1705                 :             :          * instance because the non-partial paths won't contribute anything to
    1706                 :             :          * the planned number of parallel workers.
    1707                 :             :          */
    1708         [ +  - ]:        4030 :         parallel_workers = Max(parallel_workers,
    1709                 :             :                                pg_leftmost_one_pos32(list_length(live_childrels)) + 1);
    1710                 :        4030 :         parallel_workers = Min(parallel_workers,
    1711                 :             :                                max_parallel_workers_per_gather);
    1712                 :             :         Assert(parallel_workers > 0);
    1713                 :             : 
    1714                 :        4030 :         appendpath = create_append_path(root, rel, parallel_append,
    1715                 :             :                                         NIL, NULL, parallel_workers, true,
    1716                 :             :                                         partial_rows);
    1717                 :        4030 :         add_partial_path(rel, (Path *) appendpath);
    1718                 :             :     }
    1719                 :             : 
    1720                 :             :     /*
    1721                 :             :      * Also build unparameterized ordered append paths based on the collected
    1722                 :             :      * list of child pathkeys.
    1723                 :             :      */
    1724         [ +  + ]:       36627 :     if (unparameterized_valid)
    1725                 :       36347 :         generate_orderedappend_paths(root, rel, live_childrels,
    1726                 :             :                                      all_child_pathkeys);
    1727                 :             : 
    1728                 :             :     /*
    1729                 :             :      * Build Append paths for each parameterization seen among the child rels.
    1730                 :             :      * (This may look pretty expensive, but in most cases of practical
    1731                 :             :      * interest, the child rels will expose mostly the same parameterizations,
    1732                 :             :      * so that not that many cases actually get considered here.)
    1733                 :             :      *
    1734                 :             :      * The Append node itself cannot enforce quals, so all qual checking must
    1735                 :             :      * be done in the child paths.  This means that to have a parameterized
    1736                 :             :      * Append path, we must have the exact same parameterization for each
    1737                 :             :      * child path; otherwise some children might be failing to check the
    1738                 :             :      * moved-down quals.  To make them match up, we can try to increase the
    1739                 :             :      * parameterization of lesser-parameterized paths.
    1740                 :             :      */
    1741   [ +  +  +  +  :       38909 :     foreach(l, all_child_outers)
                   +  + ]
    1742                 :             :     {
    1743                 :        2282 :         Relids      required_outer = (Relids) lfirst(l);
    1744                 :             :         ListCell   *lcr;
    1745                 :        2282 :         AppendPathInput parameterized = {0};
    1746                 :        2282 :         bool        parameterized_valid = true;
    1747                 :             : 
    1748                 :             :         /* Select the child paths for an Append with this parameterization */
    1749   [ +  -  +  +  :        8372 :         foreach(lcr, live_childrels)
                   +  + ]
    1750                 :             :         {
    1751                 :        6100 :             RelOptInfo *childrel = (RelOptInfo *) lfirst(lcr);
    1752                 :             :             Path       *subpath;
    1753                 :             : 
    1754         [ -  + ]:        6100 :             if (childrel->pathlist == NIL)
    1755                 :             :             {
    1756                 :             :                 /* failed to make a suitable path for this child */
    1757                 :           0 :                 parameterized_valid = false;
    1758                 :           0 :                 break;
    1759                 :             :             }
    1760                 :             : 
    1761                 :        6100 :             subpath = get_cheapest_parameterized_child_path(root,
    1762                 :             :                                                             childrel,
    1763                 :             :                                                             required_outer);
    1764         [ +  + ]:        6100 :             if (subpath == NULL)
    1765                 :             :             {
    1766                 :             :                 /* failed to make a suitable path for this child */
    1767                 :          10 :                 parameterized_valid = false;
    1768                 :          10 :                 break;
    1769                 :             :             }
    1770                 :        6090 :             accumulate_append_subpath(subpath, &parameterized.subpaths, NULL,
    1771                 :             :                                       &parameterized.child_append_relid_sets);
    1772                 :             :         }
    1773                 :             : 
    1774         [ +  + ]:        2282 :         if (parameterized_valid)
    1775                 :        2272 :             add_path(rel, (Path *)
    1776                 :        2272 :                      create_append_path(root, rel, parameterized,
    1777                 :             :                                         NIL, required_outer, 0, false,
    1778                 :             :                                         -1));
    1779                 :             :     }
    1780                 :             : 
    1781                 :             :     /*
    1782                 :             :      * When there is only a single child relation, the Append path can inherit
    1783                 :             :      * any ordering available for the child rel's path, so that it's useful to
    1784                 :             :      * consider ordered partial paths.  Above we only considered the cheapest
    1785                 :             :      * partial path for each child, but let's also make paths using any
    1786                 :             :      * partial paths that have pathkeys.
    1787                 :             :      */
    1788         [ +  + ]:       36627 :     if (list_length(live_childrels) == 1)
    1789                 :             :     {
    1790                 :       10166 :         RelOptInfo *childrel = (RelOptInfo *) linitial(live_childrels);
    1791                 :             : 
    1792                 :             :         /* skip the cheapest partial path, since we already used that above */
    1793   [ +  +  +  +  :       10318 :         for_each_from(l, childrel->partial_pathlist, 1)
                   +  + ]
    1794                 :             :         {
    1795                 :         152 :             Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(l);
    1796                 :             :             AppendPath *appendpath;
    1797                 :         152 :             AppendPathInput append = {0};
    1798                 :             : 
    1799                 :             :             /* skip paths with no pathkeys. */
    1800         [ -  + ]:         152 :             if (path->pathkeys == NIL)
    1801                 :           0 :                 continue;
    1802                 :             : 
    1803                 :         152 :             append.partial_subpaths = list_make1(path);
    1804                 :         152 :             appendpath = create_append_path(root, rel, append, NIL, NULL,
    1805                 :             :                                             path->parallel_workers, true,
    1806                 :             :                                             partial_rows);
    1807                 :         152 :             add_partial_path(rel, (Path *) appendpath);
    1808                 :             :         }
    1809                 :             :     }
    1810                 :       36627 : }
    1811                 :             : 
    1812                 :             : /*
    1813                 :             :  * generate_orderedappend_paths
    1814                 :             :  *      Generate ordered append paths for an append relation
    1815                 :             :  *
    1816                 :             :  * Usually we generate MergeAppend paths here, but there are some special
    1817                 :             :  * cases where we can generate simple Append paths, because the subpaths
    1818                 :             :  * can provide tuples in the required order already.
    1819                 :             :  *
    1820                 :             :  * We generate a path for each ordering (pathkey list) appearing in
    1821                 :             :  * all_child_pathkeys.
    1822                 :             :  *
    1823                 :             :  * We consider the cheapest-startup and cheapest-total cases, and also the
    1824                 :             :  * cheapest-fractional case when not all tuples need to be retrieved.  For each
    1825                 :             :  * interesting ordering, we collect all the cheapest startup subpaths, all the
    1826                 :             :  * cheapest total paths, and, if applicable, all the cheapest fractional paths,
    1827                 :             :  * and build a suitable path for each case.
    1828                 :             :  *
    1829                 :             :  * We don't currently generate any parameterized ordered paths here.  While
    1830                 :             :  * it would not take much more code here to do so, it's very unclear that it
    1831                 :             :  * is worth the planning cycles to investigate such paths: there's little
    1832                 :             :  * use for an ordered path on the inside of a nestloop.  In fact, it's likely
    1833                 :             :  * that the current coding of add_path would reject such paths out of hand,
    1834                 :             :  * because add_path gives no credit for sort ordering of parameterized paths,
    1835                 :             :  * and a parameterized MergeAppend is going to be more expensive than the
    1836                 :             :  * corresponding parameterized Append path.  If we ever try harder to support
    1837                 :             :  * parameterized mergejoin plans, it might be worth adding support for
    1838                 :             :  * parameterized paths here to feed such joins.  (See notes in
    1839                 :             :  * optimizer/README for why that might not ever happen, though.)
    1840                 :             :  */
    1841                 :             : static void
    1842                 :       36347 : generate_orderedappend_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
    1843                 :             :                              List *live_childrels,
    1844                 :             :                              List *all_child_pathkeys)
    1845                 :             : {
    1846                 :             :     ListCell   *lcp;
    1847                 :       36347 :     List       *partition_pathkeys = NIL;
    1848                 :       36347 :     List       *partition_pathkeys_desc = NIL;
    1849                 :       36347 :     bool        partition_pathkeys_partial = true;
    1850                 :       36347 :     bool        partition_pathkeys_desc_partial = true;
    1851                 :             : 
    1852                 :             :     /*
    1853                 :             :      * Some partitioned table setups may allow us to use an Append node
    1854                 :             :      * instead of a MergeAppend.  This is possible in cases such as RANGE
    1855                 :             :      * partitioned tables where it's guaranteed that an earlier partition must
    1856                 :             :      * contain rows which come earlier in the sort order.  To detect whether
    1857                 :             :      * this is relevant, build pathkey descriptions of the partition ordering,
    1858                 :             :      * for both forward and reverse scans.
    1859                 :             :      */
    1860   [ +  +  +  +  :       58041 :     if (rel->part_scheme != NULL && IS_SIMPLE_REL(rel) &&
             +  +  +  + ]
    1861                 :       21694 :         partitions_are_ordered(rel->boundinfo, rel->live_parts))
    1862                 :             :     {
    1863                 :       17814 :         partition_pathkeys = build_partition_pathkeys(root, rel,
    1864                 :             :                                                       ForwardScanDirection,
    1865                 :             :                                                       &partition_pathkeys_partial);
    1866                 :             : 
    1867                 :       17814 :         partition_pathkeys_desc = build_partition_pathkeys(root, rel,
    1868                 :             :                                                            BackwardScanDirection,
    1869                 :             :                                                            &partition_pathkeys_desc_partial);
    1870                 :             : 
    1871                 :             :         /*
    1872                 :             :          * You might think we should truncate_useless_pathkeys here, but
    1873                 :             :          * allowing partition keys which are a subset of the query's pathkeys
    1874                 :             :          * can often be useful.  For example, consider a table partitioned by
    1875                 :             :          * RANGE (a, b), and a query with ORDER BY a, b, c.  If we have child
    1876                 :             :          * paths that can produce the a, b, c ordering (perhaps via indexes on
    1877                 :             :          * (a, b, c)) then it works to consider the appendrel output as
    1878                 :             :          * ordered by a, b, c.
    1879                 :             :          */
    1880                 :             :     }
    1881                 :             : 
    1882                 :             :     /* Now consider each interesting sort ordering */
    1883   [ +  +  +  +  :       45696 :     foreach(lcp, all_child_pathkeys)
                   +  + ]
    1884                 :             :     {
    1885                 :        9349 :         List       *pathkeys = (List *) lfirst(lcp);
    1886                 :        9349 :         AppendPathInput startup = {0};
    1887                 :        9349 :         AppendPathInput total = {0};
    1888                 :        9349 :         AppendPathInput fractional = {0};
    1889                 :        9349 :         bool        startup_neq_total = false;
    1890                 :        9349 :         bool        fraction_neq_total = false;
    1891                 :             :         bool        match_partition_order;
    1892                 :             :         bool        match_partition_order_desc;
    1893                 :             :         int         end_index;
    1894                 :             :         int         first_index;
    1895                 :             :         int         direction;
    1896                 :             : 
    1897                 :             :         /*
    1898                 :             :          * Determine if this sort ordering matches any partition pathkeys we
    1899                 :             :          * have, for both ascending and descending partition order.  If the
    1900                 :             :          * partition pathkeys happen to be contained in pathkeys then it still
    1901                 :             :          * works, as described above, providing that the partition pathkeys
    1902                 :             :          * are complete and not just a prefix of the partition keys.  (In such
    1903                 :             :          * cases we'll be relying on the child paths to have sorted the
    1904                 :             :          * lower-order columns of the required pathkeys.)
    1905                 :             :          */
    1906                 :        9349 :         match_partition_order =
    1907         [ +  + ]:       16744 :             pathkeys_contained_in(pathkeys, partition_pathkeys) ||
    1908   [ +  +  +  + ]:        7569 :             (!partition_pathkeys_partial &&
    1909                 :         174 :              pathkeys_contained_in(partition_pathkeys, pathkeys));
    1910                 :             : 
    1911   [ +  +  +  + ]:       23937 :         match_partition_order_desc = !match_partition_order &&
    1912                 :        7309 :             (pathkeys_contained_in(pathkeys, partition_pathkeys_desc) ||
    1913   [ +  +  +  + ]:        7337 :              (!partition_pathkeys_desc_partial &&
    1914                 :          58 :               pathkeys_contained_in(partition_pathkeys_desc, pathkeys)));
    1915                 :             : 
    1916                 :             :         /*
    1917                 :             :          * When the required pathkeys match the reverse of the partition
    1918                 :             :          * order, we must build the list of paths in reverse starting with the
    1919                 :             :          * last matching partition first.  We can get away without making any
    1920                 :             :          * special cases for this in the loop below by just looping backward
    1921                 :             :          * over the child relations in this case.
    1922                 :             :          */
    1923         [ +  + ]:        9349 :         if (match_partition_order_desc)
    1924                 :             :         {
    1925                 :             :             /* loop backward */
    1926                 :          40 :             first_index = list_length(live_childrels) - 1;
    1927                 :          40 :             end_index = -1;
    1928                 :          40 :             direction = -1;
    1929                 :             : 
    1930                 :             :             /*
    1931                 :             :              * Set this to true to save us having to check for
    1932                 :             :              * match_partition_order_desc in the loop below.
    1933                 :             :              */
    1934                 :          40 :             match_partition_order = true;
    1935                 :             :         }
    1936                 :             :         else
    1937                 :             :         {
    1938                 :             :             /* for all other case, loop forward */
    1939                 :        9309 :             first_index = 0;
    1940                 :        9309 :             end_index = list_length(live_childrels);
    1941                 :        9309 :             direction = 1;
    1942                 :             :         }
    1943                 :             : 
    1944                 :             :         /* Select the child paths for this ordering... */
    1945         [ +  + ]:       33821 :         for (int i = first_index; i != end_index; i += direction)
    1946                 :             :         {
    1947                 :       24472 :             RelOptInfo *childrel = list_nth_node(RelOptInfo, live_childrels, i);
    1948                 :             :             Path       *cheapest_startup,
    1949                 :             :                        *cheapest_total,
    1950                 :       24472 :                        *cheapest_fractional = NULL;
    1951                 :             : 
    1952                 :             :             /* Locate the right paths, if they are available. */
    1953                 :             :             cheapest_startup =
    1954                 :       24472 :                 get_cheapest_path_for_pathkeys(childrel->pathlist,
    1955                 :             :                                                pathkeys,
    1956                 :             :                                                NULL,
    1957                 :             :                                                STARTUP_COST,
    1958                 :             :                                                false);
    1959                 :             :             cheapest_total =
    1960                 :       24472 :                 get_cheapest_path_for_pathkeys(childrel->pathlist,
    1961                 :             :                                                pathkeys,
    1962                 :             :                                                NULL,
    1963                 :             :                                                TOTAL_COST,
    1964                 :             :                                                false);
    1965                 :             : 
    1966                 :             :             /*
    1967                 :             :              * If we can't find any paths with the right order just use the
    1968                 :             :              * cheapest-total path; we'll have to sort it later.
    1969                 :             :              */
    1970   [ +  +  -  + ]:       24472 :             if (cheapest_startup == NULL || cheapest_total == NULL)
    1971                 :             :             {
    1972                 :         509 :                 cheapest_startup = cheapest_total =
    1973                 :             :                     childrel->cheapest_total_path;
    1974                 :             :                 /* Assert we do have an unparameterized path for this child */
    1975                 :             :                 Assert(cheapest_total->param_info == NULL);
    1976                 :             :             }
    1977                 :             : 
    1978                 :             :             /*
    1979                 :             :              * When building a fractional path, determine a cheapest
    1980                 :             :              * fractional path for each child relation too. Looking at startup
    1981                 :             :              * and total costs is not enough, because the cheapest fractional
    1982                 :             :              * path may be dominated by two separate paths (one for startup,
    1983                 :             :              * one for total).
    1984                 :             :              *
    1985                 :             :              * When needed (building fractional path), determine the cheapest
    1986                 :             :              * fractional path too.
    1987                 :             :              */
    1988         [ +  + ]:       24472 :             if (root->tuple_fraction > 0)
    1989                 :             :             {
    1990                 :         736 :                 double      path_fraction = root->tuple_fraction;
    1991                 :             : 
    1992                 :             :                 /*
    1993                 :             :                  * We should not have a dummy child relation here.  However,
    1994                 :             :                  * we cannot use childrel->rows to compute the tuple fraction,
    1995                 :             :                  * as childrel can be an upper relation with an unset row
    1996                 :             :                  * estimate.  Instead, we use the row estimate from the
    1997                 :             :                  * cheapest_total path, which should already have been forced
    1998                 :             :                  * to a sane value.
    1999                 :             :                  */
    2000                 :             :                 Assert(cheapest_total->rows > 0);
    2001                 :             : 
    2002                 :             :                 /* Convert absolute limit to a path fraction */
    2003         [ +  - ]:         736 :                 if (path_fraction >= 1.0)
    2004                 :         736 :                     path_fraction /= cheapest_total->rows;
    2005                 :             : 
    2006                 :             :                 cheapest_fractional =
    2007                 :         736 :                     get_cheapest_fractional_path_for_pathkeys(childrel->pathlist,
    2008                 :             :                                                               pathkeys,
    2009                 :             :                                                               NULL,
    2010                 :             :                                                               path_fraction);
    2011                 :             : 
    2012                 :             :                 /*
    2013                 :             :                  * If we found no path with matching pathkeys, use the
    2014                 :             :                  * cheapest total path instead.
    2015                 :             :                  *
    2016                 :             :                  * XXX We might consider partially sorted paths too (with an
    2017                 :             :                  * incremental sort on top). But we'd have to build all the
    2018                 :             :                  * incremental paths, do the costing etc.
    2019                 :             :                  *
    2020                 :             :                  * Also, notice whether we actually have different paths for
    2021                 :             :                  * the "fractional" and "total" cases.  This helps avoid
    2022                 :             :                  * generating two identical ordered append paths.
    2023                 :             :                  */
    2024         [ +  + ]:         736 :                 if (cheapest_fractional == NULL)
    2025                 :          34 :                     cheapest_fractional = cheapest_total;
    2026         [ -  + ]:         702 :                 else if (cheapest_fractional != cheapest_total)
    2027                 :           0 :                     fraction_neq_total = true;
    2028                 :             :             }
    2029                 :             : 
    2030                 :             :             /*
    2031                 :             :              * Notice whether we actually have different paths for the
    2032                 :             :              * "cheapest" and "total" cases.  This helps avoid generating two
    2033                 :             :              * identical ordered append paths.
    2034                 :             :              */
    2035         [ +  + ]:       24472 :             if (cheapest_startup != cheapest_total)
    2036                 :          68 :                 startup_neq_total = true;
    2037                 :             : 
    2038                 :             :             /*
    2039                 :             :              * Collect the appropriate child paths.  The required logic varies
    2040                 :             :              * for the Append and MergeAppend cases.
    2041                 :             :              */
    2042         [ +  + ]:       24472 :             if (match_partition_order)
    2043                 :             :             {
    2044                 :             :                 /*
    2045                 :             :                  * We're going to make a plain Append path.  We don't need
    2046                 :             :                  * most of what accumulate_append_subpath would do, but we do
    2047                 :             :                  * want to cut out child Appends or MergeAppends if they have
    2048                 :             :                  * just a single subpath (and hence aren't doing anything
    2049                 :             :                  * useful).
    2050                 :             :                  */
    2051                 :             :                 cheapest_startup =
    2052                 :        5569 :                     get_singleton_append_subpath(cheapest_startup,
    2053                 :             :                                                  &startup.child_append_relid_sets);
    2054                 :             :                 cheapest_total =
    2055                 :        5569 :                     get_singleton_append_subpath(cheapest_total,
    2056                 :             :                                                  &total.child_append_relid_sets);
    2057                 :             : 
    2058                 :        5569 :                 startup.subpaths = lappend(startup.subpaths, cheapest_startup);
    2059                 :        5569 :                 total.subpaths = lappend(total.subpaths, cheapest_total);
    2060                 :             : 
    2061         [ +  + ]:        5569 :                 if (cheapest_fractional)
    2062                 :             :                 {
    2063                 :             :                     cheapest_fractional =
    2064                 :         120 :                         get_singleton_append_subpath(cheapest_fractional,
    2065                 :             :                                                      &fractional.child_append_relid_sets);
    2066                 :         120 :                     fractional.subpaths =
    2067                 :         120 :                         lappend(fractional.subpaths, cheapest_fractional);
    2068                 :             :                 }
    2069                 :             :             }
    2070                 :             :             else
    2071                 :             :             {
    2072                 :             :                 /*
    2073                 :             :                  * Otherwise, rely on accumulate_append_subpath to collect the
    2074                 :             :                  * child paths for the MergeAppend.
    2075                 :             :                  */
    2076                 :       18903 :                 accumulate_append_subpath(cheapest_startup,
    2077                 :             :                                           &startup.subpaths, NULL,
    2078                 :             :                                           &startup.child_append_relid_sets);
    2079                 :       18903 :                 accumulate_append_subpath(cheapest_total,
    2080                 :             :                                           &total.subpaths, NULL,
    2081                 :             :                                           &total.child_append_relid_sets);
    2082                 :             : 
    2083         [ +  + ]:       18903 :                 if (cheapest_fractional)
    2084                 :         616 :                     accumulate_append_subpath(cheapest_fractional,
    2085                 :             :                                               &fractional.subpaths, NULL,
    2086                 :             :                                               &fractional.child_append_relid_sets);
    2087                 :             :             }
    2088                 :             :         }
    2089                 :             : 
    2090                 :             :         /* ... and build the Append or MergeAppend paths */
    2091         [ +  + ]:        9349 :         if (match_partition_order)
    2092                 :             :         {
    2093                 :             :             /* We only need Append */
    2094                 :        2080 :             add_path(rel, (Path *) create_append_path(root,
    2095                 :             :                                                       rel,
    2096                 :             :                                                       startup,
    2097                 :             :                                                       pathkeys,
    2098                 :             :                                                       NULL,
    2099                 :             :                                                       0,
    2100                 :             :                                                       false,
    2101                 :             :                                                       -1));
    2102         [ -  + ]:        2080 :             if (startup_neq_total)
    2103                 :           0 :                 add_path(rel, (Path *) create_append_path(root,
    2104                 :             :                                                           rel,
    2105                 :             :                                                           total,
    2106                 :             :                                                           pathkeys,
    2107                 :             :                                                           NULL,
    2108                 :             :                                                           0,
    2109                 :             :                                                           false,
    2110                 :             :                                                           -1));
    2111                 :             : 
    2112   [ +  +  -  + ]:        2080 :             if (fractional.subpaths && fraction_neq_total)
    2113                 :           0 :                 add_path(rel, (Path *) create_append_path(root,
    2114                 :             :                                                           rel,
    2115                 :             :                                                           fractional,
    2116                 :             :                                                           pathkeys,
    2117                 :             :                                                           NULL,
    2118                 :             :                                                           0,
    2119                 :             :                                                           false,
    2120                 :             :                                                           -1));
    2121                 :             :         }
    2122                 :             :         else
    2123                 :             :         {
    2124                 :             :             /* We need MergeAppend */
    2125                 :        7269 :             add_path(rel, (Path *) create_merge_append_path(root,
    2126                 :             :                                                             rel,
    2127                 :             :                                                             startup.subpaths,
    2128                 :             :                                                             startup.child_append_relid_sets,
    2129                 :             :                                                             pathkeys,
    2130                 :             :                                                             NULL));
    2131         [ +  + ]:        7269 :             if (startup_neq_total)
    2132                 :          44 :                 add_path(rel, (Path *) create_merge_append_path(root,
    2133                 :             :                                                                 rel,
    2134                 :             :                                                                 total.subpaths,
    2135                 :             :                                                                 total.child_append_relid_sets,
    2136                 :             :                                                                 pathkeys,
    2137                 :             :                                                                 NULL));
    2138                 :             : 
    2139   [ +  +  -  + ]:        7269 :             if (fractional.subpaths && fraction_neq_total)
    2140                 :           0 :                 add_path(rel, (Path *) create_merge_append_path(root,
    2141                 :             :                                                                 rel,
    2142                 :             :                                                                 fractional.subpaths,
    2143                 :             :                                                                 fractional.child_append_relid_sets,
    2144                 :             :                                                                 pathkeys,
    2145                 :             :                                                                 NULL));
    2146                 :             :         }
    2147                 :             :     }
    2148                 :       36347 : }
    2149                 :             : 
    2150                 :             : /*
    2151                 :             :  * get_cheapest_parameterized_child_path
    2152                 :             :  *      Get cheapest path for this relation that has exactly the requested
    2153                 :             :  *      parameterization.
    2154                 :             :  *
    2155                 :             :  * Returns NULL if unable to create such a path.
    2156                 :             :  */
    2157                 :             : static Path *
    2158                 :        6100 : get_cheapest_parameterized_child_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
    2159                 :             :                                       Relids required_outer)
    2160                 :             : {
    2161                 :             :     Path       *cheapest;
    2162                 :             :     ListCell   *lc;
    2163                 :             : 
    2164                 :             :     /*
    2165                 :             :      * Look up the cheapest existing path with no more than the needed
    2166                 :             :      * parameterization.  If it has exactly the needed parameterization, we're
    2167                 :             :      * done.
    2168                 :             :      */
    2169                 :        6100 :     cheapest = get_cheapest_path_for_pathkeys(rel->pathlist,
    2170                 :             :                                               NIL,
    2171                 :             :                                               required_outer,
    2172                 :             :                                               TOTAL_COST,
    2173                 :             :                                               false);
    2174                 :             :     Assert(cheapest != NULL);
    2175   [ +  +  +  + ]:        6100 :     if (bms_equal(PATH_REQ_OUTER(cheapest), required_outer))
    2176                 :        5240 :         return cheapest;
    2177                 :             : 
    2178                 :             :     /*
    2179                 :             :      * Otherwise, we can "reparameterize" an existing path to match the given
    2180                 :             :      * parameterization, which effectively means pushing down additional
    2181                 :             :      * joinquals to be checked within the path's scan.  However, some existing
    2182                 :             :      * paths might check the available joinquals already while others don't;
    2183                 :             :      * therefore, it's not clear which existing path will be cheapest after
    2184                 :             :      * reparameterization.  We have to go through them all and find out.
    2185                 :             :      */
    2186                 :         860 :     cheapest = NULL;
    2187   [ +  -  +  +  :        3388 :     foreach(lc, rel->pathlist)
                   +  + ]
    2188                 :             :     {
    2189                 :        2528 :         Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    2190                 :             : 
    2191                 :             :         /* Can't use it if it needs more than requested parameterization */
    2192   [ +  +  +  + ]:        2528 :         if (!bms_is_subset(PATH_REQ_OUTER(path), required_outer))
    2193                 :         160 :             continue;
    2194                 :             : 
    2195                 :             :         /*
    2196                 :             :          * Reparameterization can only increase the path's cost, so if it's
    2197                 :             :          * already more expensive than the current cheapest, forget it.
    2198                 :             :          */
    2199   [ +  +  +  + ]:        3828 :         if (cheapest != NULL &&
    2200                 :        1460 :             compare_path_costs(cheapest, path, TOTAL_COST) <= 0)
    2201                 :        1402 :             continue;
    2202                 :             : 
    2203                 :             :         /* Reparameterize if needed, then recheck cost */
    2204   [ +  +  +  + ]:         966 :         if (!bms_equal(PATH_REQ_OUTER(path), required_outer))
    2205                 :             :         {
    2206                 :         873 :             path = reparameterize_path(root, path, required_outer, 1.0);
    2207         [ +  + ]:         873 :             if (path == NULL)
    2208                 :          58 :                 continue;       /* failed to reparameterize this one */
    2209                 :             :             Assert(bms_equal(PATH_REQ_OUTER(path), required_outer));
    2210                 :             : 
    2211   [ -  +  -  - ]:         815 :             if (cheapest != NULL &&
    2212                 :           0 :                 compare_path_costs(cheapest, path, TOTAL_COST) <= 0)
    2213                 :           0 :                 continue;
    2214                 :             :         }
    2215                 :             : 
    2216                 :             :         /* We have a new best path */
    2217                 :         908 :         cheapest = path;
    2218                 :             :     }
    2219                 :             : 
    2220                 :             :     /* Return the best path, or NULL if we found no suitable candidate */
    2221                 :         860 :     return cheapest;
    2222                 :             : }
    2223                 :             : 
    2224                 :             : /*
    2225                 :             :  * accumulate_append_subpath
    2226                 :             :  *      Add a subpath to the list being built for an Append or MergeAppend.
    2227                 :             :  *
    2228                 :             :  * It's possible that the child is itself an Append or MergeAppend path, in
    2229                 :             :  * which case we can "cut out the middleman" and just add its child paths to
    2230                 :             :  * our own list.  (We don't try to do this earlier because we need to apply
    2231                 :             :  * both levels of transformation to the quals.)
    2232                 :             :  *
    2233                 :             :  * Note that if we omit a child MergeAppend in this way, we are effectively
    2234                 :             :  * omitting a sort step, which seems fine: if the parent is to be an Append,
    2235                 :             :  * its result would be unsorted anyway, while if the parent is to be a
    2236                 :             :  * MergeAppend, there's no point in a separate sort on a child.
    2237                 :             :  *
    2238                 :             :  * Normally, either path is a partial path and subpaths is a list of partial
    2239                 :             :  * paths, or else path is a non-partial plan and subpaths is a list of those.
    2240                 :             :  * However, if path is a parallel-aware Append, then we add its partial path
    2241                 :             :  * children to subpaths and the rest to special_subpaths.  If the latter is
    2242                 :             :  * NULL, we don't flatten the path at all (unless it contains only partial
    2243                 :             :  * paths).
    2244                 :             :  */
    2245                 :             : static void
    2246                 :      243537 : accumulate_append_subpath(Path *path, List **subpaths, List **special_subpaths,
    2247                 :             :                           List **child_append_relid_sets)
    2248                 :             : {
    2249         [ +  + ]:      243537 :     if (IsA(path, AppendPath))
    2250                 :             :     {
    2251                 :       12950 :         AppendPath *apath = (AppendPath *) path;
    2252                 :             : 
    2253   [ +  +  +  + ]:       12950 :         if (!apath->path.parallel_aware || apath->first_partial_path == 0)
    2254                 :             :         {
    2255                 :       12670 :             *subpaths = list_concat(*subpaths, apath->subpaths);
    2256                 :       12670 :             *child_append_relid_sets =
    2257                 :       12670 :                 lappend(*child_append_relid_sets, path->parent->relids);
    2258                 :       12670 :             *child_append_relid_sets =
    2259                 :       12670 :                 list_concat(*child_append_relid_sets,
    2260                 :       12670 :                             apath->child_append_relid_sets);
    2261                 :       12670 :             return;
    2262                 :             :         }
    2263         [ +  + ]:         280 :         else if (special_subpaths != NULL)
    2264                 :             :         {
    2265                 :             :             List       *new_special_subpaths;
    2266                 :             : 
    2267                 :             :             /* Split Parallel Append into partial and non-partial subpaths */
    2268                 :         140 :             *subpaths = list_concat(*subpaths,
    2269                 :         140 :                                     list_copy_tail(apath->subpaths,
    2270                 :             :                                                    apath->first_partial_path));
    2271                 :         140 :             new_special_subpaths = list_copy_head(apath->subpaths,
    2272                 :             :                                                   apath->first_partial_path);
    2273                 :         140 :             *special_subpaths = list_concat(*special_subpaths,
    2274                 :             :                                             new_special_subpaths);
    2275                 :         140 :             *child_append_relid_sets =
    2276                 :         140 :                 lappend(*child_append_relid_sets, path->parent->relids);
    2277                 :         140 :             *child_append_relid_sets =
    2278                 :         140 :                 list_concat(*child_append_relid_sets,
    2279                 :         140 :                             apath->child_append_relid_sets);
    2280                 :         140 :             return;
    2281                 :             :         }
    2282                 :             :     }
    2283         [ +  + ]:      230587 :     else if (IsA(path, MergeAppendPath))
    2284                 :             :     {
    2285                 :         818 :         MergeAppendPath *mpath = (MergeAppendPath *) path;
    2286                 :             : 
    2287                 :         818 :         *subpaths = list_concat(*subpaths, mpath->subpaths);
    2288                 :         818 :         *child_append_relid_sets =
    2289                 :         818 :             lappend(*child_append_relid_sets, path->parent->relids);
    2290                 :         818 :         *child_append_relid_sets =
    2291                 :         818 :             list_concat(*child_append_relid_sets,
    2292                 :         818 :                         mpath->child_append_relid_sets);
    2293                 :         818 :         return;
    2294                 :             :     }
    2295                 :             : 
    2296                 :      229909 :     *subpaths = lappend(*subpaths, path);
    2297                 :             : }
    2298                 :             : 
    2299                 :             : /*
    2300                 :             :  * get_singleton_append_subpath
    2301                 :             :  *      Returns the single subpath of an Append/MergeAppend, or just
    2302                 :             :  *      return 'path' if it's not a single sub-path Append/MergeAppend.
    2303                 :             :  *
    2304                 :             :  * As a side effect, whenever we return a single subpath rather than the
    2305                 :             :  * original path, add the relid sets for the original path to
    2306                 :             :  * child_append_relid_sets, so that those relids don't entirely disappear
    2307                 :             :  * from the final plan.
    2308                 :             :  *
    2309                 :             :  * Note: 'path' must not be a parallel-aware path.
    2310                 :             :  */
    2311                 :             : static Path *
    2312                 :       11258 : get_singleton_append_subpath(Path *path, List **child_append_relid_sets)
    2313                 :             : {
    2314                 :             :     Assert(!path->parallel_aware);
    2315                 :             : 
    2316         [ +  + ]:       11258 :     if (IsA(path, AppendPath))
    2317                 :             :     {
    2318                 :         328 :         AppendPath *apath = (AppendPath *) path;
    2319                 :             : 
    2320         [ +  + ]:         328 :         if (list_length(apath->subpaths) == 1)
    2321                 :             :         {
    2322                 :         178 :             *child_append_relid_sets =
    2323                 :         178 :                 lappend(*child_append_relid_sets, path->parent->relids);
    2324                 :         178 :             *child_append_relid_sets =
    2325                 :         178 :                 list_concat(*child_append_relid_sets,
    2326                 :         178 :                             apath->child_append_relid_sets);
    2327                 :         178 :             return (Path *) linitial(apath->subpaths);
    2328                 :             :         }
    2329                 :             :     }
    2330         [ +  + ]:       10930 :     else if (IsA(path, MergeAppendPath))
    2331                 :             :     {
    2332                 :         290 :         MergeAppendPath *mpath = (MergeAppendPath *) path;
    2333                 :             : 
    2334         [ -  + ]:         290 :         if (list_length(mpath->subpaths) == 1)
    2335                 :             :         {
    2336                 :           0 :             *child_append_relid_sets =
    2337                 :           0 :                 lappend(*child_append_relid_sets, path->parent->relids);
    2338                 :           0 :             *child_append_relid_sets =
    2339                 :           0 :                 list_concat(*child_append_relid_sets,
    2340                 :           0 :                             mpath->child_append_relid_sets);
    2341                 :           0 :             return (Path *) linitial(mpath->subpaths);
    2342                 :             :         }
    2343                 :             :     }
    2344                 :             : 
    2345                 :       11080 :     return path;
    2346                 :             : }
    2347                 :             : 
    2348                 :             : /*
    2349                 :             :  * set_dummy_rel_pathlist
    2350                 :             :  *    Build a dummy path for a relation that's been excluded by constraints
    2351                 :             :  *
    2352                 :             :  * Rather than inventing a special "dummy" path type, we represent this as an
    2353                 :             :  * AppendPath with no members (see also IS_DUMMY_APPEND/IS_DUMMY_REL macros).
    2354                 :             :  *
    2355                 :             :  * (See also mark_dummy_rel, which does basically the same thing, but is
    2356                 :             :  * typically used to change a rel into dummy state after we already made
    2357                 :             :  * paths for it.)
    2358                 :             :  */
    2359                 :             : static void
    2360                 :        1159 : set_dummy_rel_pathlist(RelOptInfo *rel)
    2361                 :             : {
    2362                 :        1159 :     AppendPathInput in = {0};
    2363                 :             : 
    2364                 :             :     /* Set dummy size estimates --- we leave attr_widths[] as zeroes */
    2365                 :        1159 :     rel->rows = 0;
    2366                 :        1159 :     rel->reltarget->width = 0;
    2367                 :             : 
    2368                 :             :     /* Discard any pre-existing paths; no further need for them */
    2369                 :        1159 :     rel->pathlist = NIL;
    2370                 :        1159 :     rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
    2371                 :             : 
    2372                 :             :     /* Set up the dummy path */
    2373                 :        1159 :     add_path(rel, (Path *) create_append_path(NULL, rel, in,
    2374                 :             :                                               NIL, rel->lateral_relids,
    2375                 :             :                                               0, false, -1));
    2376                 :             : 
    2377                 :             :     /*
    2378                 :             :      * We set the cheapest-path fields immediately, just in case they were
    2379                 :             :      * pointing at some discarded path.  This is redundant in current usage
    2380                 :             :      * because set_rel_pathlist will do it later, but it's cheap so we keep it
    2381                 :             :      * for safety and consistency with mark_dummy_rel.
    2382                 :             :      */
    2383                 :        1159 :     set_cheapest(rel);
    2384                 :        1159 : }
    2385                 :             : 
    2386                 :             : /*
    2387                 :             :  * find_window_run_conditions
    2388                 :             :  *      Determine if 'wfunc' is really a WindowFunc and call its prosupport
    2389                 :             :  *      function to determine the function's monotonic properties.  We then
    2390                 :             :  *      see if 'opexpr' can be used to short-circuit execution.
    2391                 :             :  *
    2392                 :             :  * For example row_number() over (order by ...) always produces a value one
    2393                 :             :  * higher than the previous.  If someone has a window function in a subquery
    2394                 :             :  * and has a WHERE clause in the outer query to filter rows <= 10, then we may
    2395                 :             :  * as well stop processing the windowagg once the row number reaches 11.  Here
    2396                 :             :  * we check if 'opexpr' might help us to stop doing needless extra processing
    2397                 :             :  * in WindowAgg nodes.
    2398                 :             :  *
    2399                 :             :  * '*keep_original' is set to true if the caller should also use 'opexpr' for
    2400                 :             :  * its original purpose.  This is set to false if the caller can assume that
    2401                 :             :  * the run condition will handle all of the required filtering.
    2402                 :             :  *
    2403                 :             :  * Returns true if 'opexpr' was found to be useful and was added to the
    2404                 :             :  * WindowFunc's runCondition.  We also set *keep_original accordingly and add
    2405                 :             :  * 'attno' to *run_cond_attrs offset by FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber.
    2406                 :             :  * If the 'opexpr' cannot be used then we set *keep_original to true and
    2407                 :             :  * return false.
    2408                 :             :  */
    2409                 :             : static bool
    2410                 :         260 : find_window_run_conditions(Query *subquery, AttrNumber attno,
    2411                 :             :                            WindowFunc *wfunc, OpExpr *opexpr, bool wfunc_left,
    2412                 :             :                            bool *keep_original, Bitmapset **run_cond_attrs)
    2413                 :             : {
    2414                 :             :     Oid         prosupport;
    2415                 :             :     Expr       *otherexpr;
    2416                 :             :     SupportRequestWFuncMonotonic req;
    2417                 :             :     SupportRequestWFuncMonotonic *res;
    2418                 :             :     WindowClause *wclause;
    2419                 :             :     List       *opinfos;
    2420                 :             :     OpExpr     *runopexpr;
    2421                 :             :     Oid         runoperator;
    2422                 :             :     ListCell   *lc;
    2423                 :             : 
    2424                 :         260 :     *keep_original = true;
    2425                 :             : 
    2426         [ -  + ]:         260 :     while (IsA(wfunc, RelabelType))
    2427                 :           0 :         wfunc = (WindowFunc *) ((RelabelType *) wfunc)->arg;
    2428                 :             : 
    2429                 :             :     /* we can only work with window functions */
    2430         [ +  + ]:         260 :     if (!IsA(wfunc, WindowFunc))
    2431                 :          20 :         return false;
    2432                 :             : 
    2433                 :             :     /* can't use it if there are subplans in the WindowFunc */
    2434         [ +  + ]:         240 :     if (contain_subplans((Node *) wfunc))
    2435                 :           5 :         return false;
    2436                 :             : 
    2437                 :         235 :     prosupport = get_func_support(wfunc->winfnoid);
    2438                 :             : 
    2439                 :             :     /* Check if there's a support function for 'wfunc' */
    2440         [ +  + ]:         235 :     if (!OidIsValid(prosupport))
    2441                 :          15 :         return false;
    2442                 :             : 
    2443                 :             :     /* get the Expr from the other side of the OpExpr */
    2444         [ +  + ]:         220 :     if (wfunc_left)
    2445                 :         200 :         otherexpr = lsecond(opexpr->args);
    2446                 :             :     else
    2447                 :          20 :         otherexpr = linitial(opexpr->args);
    2448                 :             : 
    2449                 :             :     /*
    2450                 :             :      * The value being compared must not change during the evaluation of the
    2451                 :             :      * window partition.
    2452                 :             :      */
    2453         [ -  + ]:         220 :     if (!is_pseudo_constant_clause((Node *) otherexpr))
    2454                 :           0 :         return false;
    2455                 :             : 
    2456                 :             :     /* find the window clause belonging to the window function */
    2457                 :         220 :     wclause = (WindowClause *) list_nth(subquery->windowClause,
    2458                 :         220 :                                         wfunc->winref - 1);
    2459                 :             : 
    2460                 :         220 :     req.type = T_SupportRequestWFuncMonotonic;
    2461                 :         220 :     req.window_func = wfunc;
    2462                 :         220 :     req.window_clause = wclause;
    2463                 :             : 
    2464                 :             :     /* call the support function */
    2465                 :             :     res = (SupportRequestWFuncMonotonic *)
    2466                 :         220 :         DatumGetPointer(OidFunctionCall1(prosupport,
    2467                 :             :                                          PointerGetDatum(&req)));
    2468                 :             : 
    2469                 :             :     /*
    2470                 :             :      * Nothing to do if the function is neither monotonically increasing nor
    2471                 :             :      * monotonically decreasing.
    2472                 :             :      */
    2473   [ +  -  +  + ]:         220 :     if (res == NULL || res->monotonic == MONOTONICFUNC_NONE)
    2474                 :          35 :         return false;
    2475                 :             : 
    2476                 :         185 :     runopexpr = NULL;
    2477                 :         185 :     runoperator = InvalidOid;
    2478                 :         185 :     opinfos = get_op_index_interpretation(opexpr->opno);
    2479                 :             : 
    2480   [ +  -  +  -  :         185 :     foreach(lc, opinfos)
                   +  - ]
    2481                 :             :     {
    2482                 :         185 :         OpIndexInterpretation *opinfo = (OpIndexInterpretation *) lfirst(lc);
    2483                 :         185 :         CompareType cmptype = opinfo->cmptype;
    2484                 :             : 
    2485                 :             :         /* handle < / <= */
    2486   [ +  +  +  + ]:         185 :         if (cmptype == COMPARE_LT || cmptype == COMPARE_LE)
    2487                 :             :         {
    2488                 :             :             /*
    2489                 :             :              * < / <= is supported for monotonically increasing functions in
    2490                 :             :              * the form <wfunc> op <pseudoconst> and <pseudoconst> op <wfunc>
    2491                 :             :              * for monotonically decreasing functions.
    2492                 :             :              */
    2493   [ +  +  +  + ]:         135 :             if ((wfunc_left && (res->monotonic & MONOTONICFUNC_INCREASING)) ||
    2494   [ +  +  +  + ]:          15 :                 (!wfunc_left && (res->monotonic & MONOTONICFUNC_DECREASING)))
    2495                 :             :             {
    2496                 :         125 :                 *keep_original = false;
    2497                 :         125 :                 runopexpr = opexpr;
    2498                 :         125 :                 runoperator = opexpr->opno;
    2499                 :             :             }
    2500                 :         135 :             break;
    2501                 :             :         }
    2502                 :             :         /* handle > / >= */
    2503   [ +  +  +  + ]:          50 :         else if (cmptype == COMPARE_GT || cmptype == COMPARE_GE)
    2504                 :             :         {
    2505                 :             :             /*
    2506                 :             :              * > / >= is supported for monotonically decreasing functions in
    2507                 :             :              * the form <wfunc> op <pseudoconst> and <pseudoconst> op <wfunc>
    2508                 :             :              * for monotonically increasing functions.
    2509                 :             :              */
    2510   [ +  +  -  + ]:          15 :             if ((wfunc_left && (res->monotonic & MONOTONICFUNC_DECREASING)) ||
    2511   [ +  -  +  - ]:          10 :                 (!wfunc_left && (res->monotonic & MONOTONICFUNC_INCREASING)))
    2512                 :             :             {
    2513                 :          15 :                 *keep_original = false;
    2514                 :          15 :                 runopexpr = opexpr;
    2515                 :          15 :                 runoperator = opexpr->opno;
    2516                 :             :             }
    2517                 :          15 :             break;
    2518                 :             :         }
    2519                 :             :         /* handle = */
    2520         [ +  - ]:          35 :         else if (cmptype == COMPARE_EQ)
    2521                 :             :         {
    2522                 :             :             CompareType newcmptype;
    2523                 :             : 
    2524                 :             :             /*
    2525                 :             :              * When both monotonically increasing and decreasing then the
    2526                 :             :              * return value of the window function will be the same each time.
    2527                 :             :              * We can simply use 'opexpr' as the run condition without
    2528                 :             :              * modifying it.
    2529                 :             :              */
    2530         [ +  + ]:          35 :             if ((res->monotonic & MONOTONICFUNC_BOTH) == MONOTONICFUNC_BOTH)
    2531                 :             :             {
    2532                 :          10 :                 *keep_original = false;
    2533                 :          10 :                 runopexpr = opexpr;
    2534                 :          10 :                 runoperator = opexpr->opno;
    2535                 :          10 :                 break;
    2536                 :             :             }
    2537                 :             : 
    2538                 :             :             /*
    2539                 :             :              * When monotonically increasing we make a qual with <wfunc> <=
    2540                 :             :              * <value> or <value> >= <wfunc> in order to filter out values
    2541                 :             :              * which are above the value in the equality condition.  For
    2542                 :             :              * monotonically decreasing functions we want to filter values
    2543                 :             :              * below the value in the equality condition.
    2544                 :             :              */
    2545         [ +  - ]:          25 :             if (res->monotonic & MONOTONICFUNC_INCREASING)
    2546         [ +  - ]:          25 :                 newcmptype = wfunc_left ? COMPARE_LE : COMPARE_GE;
    2547                 :             :             else
    2548         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 newcmptype = wfunc_left ? COMPARE_GE : COMPARE_LE;
    2549                 :             : 
    2550                 :             :             /* We must keep the original equality qual */
    2551                 :          25 :             *keep_original = true;
    2552                 :          25 :             runopexpr = opexpr;
    2553                 :             : 
    2554                 :             :             /* determine the operator to use for the WindowFuncRunCondition */
    2555                 :          25 :             runoperator = get_opfamily_member_for_cmptype(opinfo->opfamily_id,
    2556                 :             :                                                           opinfo->oplefttype,
    2557                 :             :                                                           opinfo->oprighttype,
    2558                 :             :                                                           newcmptype);
    2559                 :          25 :             break;
    2560                 :             :         }
    2561                 :             :     }
    2562                 :             : 
    2563         [ +  + ]:         185 :     if (runopexpr != NULL)
    2564                 :             :     {
    2565                 :             :         WindowFuncRunCondition *wfuncrc;
    2566                 :             : 
    2567                 :         175 :         wfuncrc = makeNode(WindowFuncRunCondition);
    2568                 :         175 :         wfuncrc->opno = runoperator;
    2569                 :         175 :         wfuncrc->inputcollid = runopexpr->inputcollid;
    2570                 :         175 :         wfuncrc->wfunc_left = wfunc_left;
    2571                 :         175 :         wfuncrc->arg = copyObject(otherexpr);
    2572                 :             : 
    2573                 :         175 :         wfunc->runCondition = lappend(wfunc->runCondition, wfuncrc);
    2574                 :             : 
    2575                 :             :         /* record that this attno was used in a run condition */
    2576                 :         175 :         *run_cond_attrs = bms_add_member(*run_cond_attrs,
    2577                 :             :                                          attno - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber);
    2578                 :         175 :         return true;
    2579                 :             :     }
    2580                 :             : 
    2581                 :             :     /* unsupported OpExpr */
    2582                 :          10 :     return false;
    2583                 :             : }
    2584                 :             : 
    2585                 :             : /*
    2586                 :             :  * check_and_push_window_quals
    2587                 :             :  *      Check if 'clause' is a qual that can be pushed into a WindowFunc
    2588                 :             :  *      as a 'runCondition' qual.  These, when present, allow some unnecessary
    2589                 :             :  *      work to be skipped during execution.
    2590                 :             :  *
    2591                 :             :  * 'run_cond_attrs' will be populated with all targetlist resnos of subquery
    2592                 :             :  * targets (offset by FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber) that we pushed
    2593                 :             :  * window quals for.
    2594                 :             :  *
    2595                 :             :  * Returns true if the caller still must keep the original qual or false if
    2596                 :             :  * the caller can safely ignore the original qual because the WindowAgg node
    2597                 :             :  * will use the runCondition to stop returning tuples.
    2598                 :             :  */
    2599                 :             : static bool
    2600                 :         270 : check_and_push_window_quals(Query *subquery, Node *clause,
    2601                 :             :                             Bitmapset **run_cond_attrs)
    2602                 :             : {
    2603                 :         270 :     OpExpr     *opexpr = (OpExpr *) clause;
    2604                 :         270 :     bool        keep_original = true;
    2605                 :             :     Var        *var1;
    2606                 :             :     Var        *var2;
    2607                 :             : 
    2608                 :             :     /* We're only able to use OpExprs with 2 operands */
    2609         [ +  + ]:         270 :     if (!IsA(opexpr, OpExpr))
    2610                 :          15 :         return true;
    2611                 :             : 
    2612         [ -  + ]:         255 :     if (list_length(opexpr->args) != 2)
    2613                 :           0 :         return true;
    2614                 :             : 
    2615                 :             :     /*
    2616                 :             :      * Currently, we restrict this optimization to strict OpExprs.  The reason
    2617                 :             :      * for this is that during execution, once the runcondition becomes false,
    2618                 :             :      * we stop evaluating WindowFuncs.  To avoid leaving around stale window
    2619                 :             :      * function result values, we set them to NULL.  Having only strict
    2620                 :             :      * OpExprs here ensures that we properly filter out the tuples with NULLs
    2621                 :             :      * in the top-level WindowAgg.
    2622                 :             :      */
    2623                 :         255 :     set_opfuncid(opexpr);
    2624         [ -  + ]:         255 :     if (!func_strict(opexpr->opfuncid))
    2625                 :           0 :         return true;
    2626                 :             : 
    2627                 :             :     /*
    2628                 :             :      * Check for plain Vars that reference window functions in the subquery.
    2629                 :             :      * If we find any, we'll ask find_window_run_conditions() if 'opexpr' can
    2630                 :             :      * be used as part of the run condition.
    2631                 :             :      */
    2632                 :             : 
    2633                 :             :     /* Check the left side of the OpExpr */
    2634                 :         255 :     var1 = linitial(opexpr->args);
    2635   [ +  +  +  - ]:         255 :     if (IsA(var1, Var) && var1->varattno > 0)
    2636                 :             :     {
    2637                 :         225 :         TargetEntry *tle = list_nth(subquery->targetList, var1->varattno - 1);
    2638                 :         225 :         WindowFunc *wfunc = (WindowFunc *) tle->expr;
    2639                 :             : 
    2640         [ +  + ]:         225 :         if (find_window_run_conditions(subquery, tle->resno, wfunc, opexpr,
    2641                 :             :                                        true, &keep_original, run_cond_attrs))
    2642                 :         160 :             return keep_original;
    2643                 :             :     }
    2644                 :             : 
    2645                 :             :     /* and check the right side */
    2646                 :          95 :     var2 = lsecond(opexpr->args);
    2647   [ +  +  +  - ]:          95 :     if (IsA(var2, Var) && var2->varattno > 0)
    2648                 :             :     {
    2649                 :          35 :         TargetEntry *tle = list_nth(subquery->targetList, var2->varattno - 1);
    2650                 :          35 :         WindowFunc *wfunc = (WindowFunc *) tle->expr;
    2651                 :             : 
    2652         [ +  + ]:          35 :         if (find_window_run_conditions(subquery, tle->resno, wfunc, opexpr,
    2653                 :             :                                        false, &keep_original, run_cond_attrs))
    2654                 :          15 :             return keep_original;
    2655                 :             :     }
    2656                 :             : 
    2657                 :          80 :     return true;
    2658                 :             : }
    2659                 :             : 
    2660                 :             : /*
    2661                 :             :  * set_subquery_pathlist
    2662                 :             :  *      Generate SubqueryScan access paths for a subquery RTE
    2663                 :             :  *
    2664                 :             :  * We don't currently support generating parameterized paths for subqueries
    2665                 :             :  * by pushing join clauses down into them; it seems too expensive to re-plan
    2666                 :             :  * the subquery multiple times to consider different alternatives.
    2667                 :             :  * (XXX that could stand to be reconsidered, now that we use Paths.)
    2668                 :             :  * So the paths made here will be parameterized if the subquery contains
    2669                 :             :  * LATERAL references, otherwise not.  As long as that's true, there's no need
    2670                 :             :  * for a separate set_subquery_size phase: just make the paths right away.
    2671                 :             :  */
    2672                 :             : static void
    2673                 :       16433 : set_subquery_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
    2674                 :             :                       Index rti, RangeTblEntry *rte)
    2675                 :             : {
    2676                 :       16433 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    2677                 :       16433 :     Query      *subquery = rte->subquery;
    2678                 :             :     bool        trivial_pathtarget;
    2679                 :             :     Relids      required_outer;
    2680                 :             :     pushdown_safety_info safetyInfo;
    2681                 :             :     double      tuple_fraction;
    2682                 :             :     RelOptInfo *sub_final_rel;
    2683                 :       16433 :     Bitmapset  *run_cond_attrs = NULL;
    2684                 :             :     ListCell   *lc;
    2685                 :             :     char       *plan_name;
    2686                 :             : 
    2687                 :             :     /*
    2688                 :             :      * Must copy the Query so that planning doesn't mess up the RTE contents
    2689                 :             :      * (really really need to fix the planner to not scribble on its input,
    2690                 :             :      * someday ... but see remove_unused_subquery_outputs to start with).
    2691                 :             :      */
    2692                 :       16433 :     subquery = copyObject(subquery);
    2693                 :             : 
    2694                 :             :     /*
    2695                 :             :      * If it's a LATERAL subquery, it might contain some Vars of the current
    2696                 :             :      * query level, requiring it to be treated as parameterized, even though
    2697                 :             :      * we don't support pushing down join quals into subqueries.
    2698                 :             :      */
    2699                 :       16433 :     required_outer = rel->lateral_relids;
    2700                 :             : 
    2701                 :             :     /*
    2702                 :             :      * Zero out result area for subquery_is_pushdown_safe, so that it can set
    2703                 :             :      * flags as needed while recursing.  In particular, we need a workspace
    2704                 :             :      * for keeping track of the reasons why columns are unsafe to reference.
    2705                 :             :      * These reasons are stored in the bits inside unsafeFlags[i] when we
    2706                 :             :      * discover reasons that column i of the subquery is unsafe to be used in
    2707                 :             :      * a pushed-down qual.
    2708                 :             :      */
    2709                 :       16433 :     memset(&safetyInfo, 0, sizeof(safetyInfo));
    2710                 :       16433 :     safetyInfo.unsafeFlags = palloc0_array(unsigned char,
    2711                 :             :                                            list_length(subquery->targetList) + 1);
    2712                 :             : 
    2713                 :             :     /*
    2714                 :             :      * If the subquery has the "security_barrier" flag, it means the subquery
    2715                 :             :      * originated from a view that must enforce row-level security.  Then we
    2716                 :             :      * must not push down quals that contain leaky functions.  (Ideally this
    2717                 :             :      * would be checked inside subquery_is_pushdown_safe, but since we don't
    2718                 :             :      * currently pass the RTE to that function, we must do it here.)
    2719                 :             :      */
    2720                 :       16433 :     safetyInfo.unsafeLeaky = rte->security_barrier;
    2721                 :             : 
    2722                 :             :     /*
    2723                 :             :      * If there are any restriction clauses that have been attached to the
    2724                 :             :      * subquery relation, consider pushing them down to become WHERE or HAVING
    2725                 :             :      * quals of the subquery itself.  This transformation is useful because it
    2726                 :             :      * may allow us to generate a better plan for the subquery than evaluating
    2727                 :             :      * all the subquery output rows and then filtering them.
    2728                 :             :      *
    2729                 :             :      * There are several cases where we cannot push down clauses. Restrictions
    2730                 :             :      * involving the subquery are checked by subquery_is_pushdown_safe().
    2731                 :             :      * Restrictions on individual clauses are checked by
    2732                 :             :      * qual_is_pushdown_safe().  Also, we don't want to push down
    2733                 :             :      * pseudoconstant clauses; better to have the gating node above the
    2734                 :             :      * subquery.
    2735                 :             :      *
    2736                 :             :      * Non-pushed-down clauses will get evaluated as qpquals of the
    2737                 :             :      * SubqueryScan node.
    2738                 :             :      *
    2739                 :             :      * XXX Are there any cases where we want to make a policy decision not to
    2740                 :             :      * push down a pushable qual, because it'd result in a worse plan?
    2741                 :             :      */
    2742   [ +  +  +  + ]:       19049 :     if (rel->baserestrictinfo != NIL &&
    2743                 :        2616 :         subquery_is_pushdown_safe(subquery, subquery, &safetyInfo))
    2744                 :             :     {
    2745                 :             :         /* OK to consider pushing down individual quals */
    2746                 :        2475 :         List       *upperrestrictlist = NIL;
    2747                 :             :         ListCell   *l;
    2748                 :             : 
    2749   [ +  -  +  +  :        6538 :         foreach(l, rel->baserestrictinfo)
                   +  + ]
    2750                 :             :         {
    2751                 :        4063 :             RestrictInfo *rinfo = (RestrictInfo *) lfirst(l);
    2752                 :        4063 :             Node       *clause = (Node *) rinfo->clause;
    2753                 :             : 
    2754         [ +  + ]:        4063 :             if (rinfo->pseudoconstant)
    2755                 :             :             {
    2756                 :           2 :                 upperrestrictlist = lappend(upperrestrictlist, rinfo);
    2757                 :           2 :                 continue;
    2758                 :             :             }
    2759                 :             : 
    2760   [ +  +  +  - ]:        4061 :             switch (qual_is_pushdown_safe(subquery, rti, rinfo, &safetyInfo))
    2761                 :             :             {
    2762                 :        2969 :                 case PUSHDOWN_SAFE:
    2763                 :             :                     /* Push it down */
    2764                 :        2969 :                     subquery_push_qual(subquery, rte, rti, clause);
    2765                 :        2969 :                     break;
    2766                 :             : 
    2767                 :         270 :                 case PUSHDOWN_WINDOWCLAUSE_RUNCOND:
    2768                 :             : 
    2769                 :             :                     /*
    2770                 :             :                      * Since we can't push the qual down into the subquery,
    2771                 :             :                      * check if it happens to reference a window function.  If
    2772                 :             :                      * so then it might be useful to use for the WindowAgg's
    2773                 :             :                      * runCondition.
    2774                 :             :                      */
    2775   [ +  -  +  + ]:         540 :                     if (!subquery->hasWindowFuncs ||
    2776                 :         270 :                         check_and_push_window_quals(subquery, clause,
    2777                 :             :                                                     &run_cond_attrs))
    2778                 :             :                     {
    2779                 :             :                         /*
    2780                 :             :                          * subquery has no window funcs or the clause is not a
    2781                 :             :                          * suitable window run condition qual or it is, but
    2782                 :             :                          * the original must also be kept in the upper query.
    2783                 :             :                          */
    2784                 :         120 :                         upperrestrictlist = lappend(upperrestrictlist, rinfo);
    2785                 :             :                     }
    2786                 :         270 :                     break;
    2787                 :             : 
    2788                 :         822 :                 case PUSHDOWN_UNSAFE:
    2789                 :         822 :                     upperrestrictlist = lappend(upperrestrictlist, rinfo);
    2790                 :         822 :                     break;
    2791                 :             :             }
    2792                 :             :         }
    2793                 :        2475 :         rel->baserestrictinfo = upperrestrictlist;
    2794                 :             :         /* We don't bother recomputing baserestrict_min_security */
    2795                 :             :     }
    2796                 :             : 
    2797                 :       16433 :     pfree(safetyInfo.unsafeFlags);
    2798                 :             : 
    2799                 :             :     /*
    2800                 :             :      * The upper query might not use all the subquery's output columns; if
    2801                 :             :      * not, we can simplify.  Pass the attributes that were pushed down into
    2802                 :             :      * WindowAgg run conditions to ensure we don't accidentally think those
    2803                 :             :      * are unused.
    2804                 :             :      */
    2805                 :       16433 :     remove_unused_subquery_outputs(subquery, rel, run_cond_attrs);
    2806                 :             : 
    2807                 :             :     /*
    2808                 :             :      * We can safely pass the outer tuple_fraction down to the subquery if the
    2809                 :             :      * outer level has no joining, aggregation, or sorting to do. Otherwise
    2810                 :             :      * we'd better tell the subquery to plan for full retrieval. (XXX This
    2811                 :             :      * could probably be made more intelligent ...)
    2812                 :             :      */
    2813         [ +  + ]:       16433 :     if (parse->hasAggs ||
    2814         [ +  + ]:       12453 :         parse->groupClause ||
    2815         [ +  - ]:       12438 :         parse->groupingSets ||
    2816         [ +  - ]:       12438 :         root->hasHavingQual ||
    2817         [ +  + ]:       12438 :         parse->distinctClause ||
    2818   [ +  +  +  + ]:       17658 :         parse->sortClause ||
    2819                 :        5568 :         bms_membership(root->all_baserels) == BMS_MULTIPLE)
    2820                 :       12429 :         tuple_fraction = 0.0;   /* default case */
    2821                 :             :     else
    2822                 :        4004 :         tuple_fraction = root->tuple_fraction;
    2823                 :             : 
    2824                 :             :     /* plan_params should not be in use in current query level */
    2825                 :             :     Assert(root->plan_params == NIL);
    2826                 :             : 
    2827                 :             :     /* Generate a subroot and Paths for the subquery */
    2828                 :       16433 :     plan_name = choose_plan_name(root->glob, rte->eref->aliasname, false);
    2829                 :       16433 :     rel->subroot = subquery_planner(root->glob, subquery, plan_name,
    2830                 :             :                                     root, NULL, false, tuple_fraction, NULL);
    2831                 :             : 
    2832                 :             :     /* Isolate the params needed by this specific subplan */
    2833                 :       16433 :     rel->subplan_params = root->plan_params;
    2834                 :       16433 :     root->plan_params = NIL;
    2835                 :             : 
    2836                 :             :     /*
    2837                 :             :      * It's possible that constraint exclusion proved the subquery empty. If
    2838                 :             :      * so, it's desirable to produce an unadorned dummy path so that we will
    2839                 :             :      * recognize appropriate optimizations at this query level.
    2840                 :             :      */
    2841                 :       16433 :     sub_final_rel = fetch_upper_rel(rel->subroot, UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL);
    2842                 :             : 
    2843         [ +  + ]:       16433 :     if (IS_DUMMY_REL(sub_final_rel))
    2844                 :             :     {
    2845                 :         105 :         set_dummy_rel_pathlist(rel);
    2846                 :         105 :         return;
    2847                 :             :     }
    2848                 :             : 
    2849                 :             :     /*
    2850                 :             :      * Mark rel with estimated output rows, width, etc.  Note that we have to
    2851                 :             :      * do this before generating outer-query paths, else cost_subqueryscan is
    2852                 :             :      * not happy.
    2853                 :             :      */
    2854                 :       16328 :     set_subquery_size_estimates(root, rel);
    2855                 :             : 
    2856                 :             :     /*
    2857                 :             :      * Also detect whether the reltarget is trivial, so that we can pass that
    2858                 :             :      * info to cost_subqueryscan (rather than re-deriving it multiple times).
    2859                 :             :      * It's trivial if it fetches all the subplan output columns in order.
    2860                 :             :      */
    2861         [ +  + ]:       16328 :     if (list_length(rel->reltarget->exprs) != list_length(subquery->targetList))
    2862                 :        8678 :         trivial_pathtarget = false;
    2863                 :             :     else
    2864                 :             :     {
    2865                 :        7650 :         trivial_pathtarget = true;
    2866   [ +  +  +  +  :       20571 :         foreach(lc, rel->reltarget->exprs)
                   +  + ]
    2867                 :             :         {
    2868                 :       13163 :             Node       *node = (Node *) lfirst(lc);
    2869                 :             :             Var        *var;
    2870                 :             : 
    2871         [ -  + ]:       13163 :             if (!IsA(node, Var))
    2872                 :             :             {
    2873                 :           0 :                 trivial_pathtarget = false;
    2874                 :           0 :                 break;
    2875                 :             :             }
    2876                 :       13163 :             var = (Var *) node;
    2877         [ +  - ]:       13163 :             if (var->varno != rti ||
    2878         [ +  + ]:       13163 :                 var->varattno != foreach_current_index(lc) + 1)
    2879                 :             :             {
    2880                 :         242 :                 trivial_pathtarget = false;
    2881                 :         242 :                 break;
    2882                 :             :             }
    2883                 :             :         }
    2884                 :             :     }
    2885                 :             : 
    2886                 :             :     /*
    2887                 :             :      * For each Path that subquery_planner produced, make a SubqueryScanPath
    2888                 :             :      * in the outer query.
    2889                 :             :      */
    2890   [ +  -  +  +  :       34218 :     foreach(lc, sub_final_rel->pathlist)
                   +  + ]
    2891                 :             :     {
    2892                 :       17890 :         Path       *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    2893                 :             :         List       *pathkeys;
    2894                 :             : 
    2895                 :             :         /* Convert subpath's pathkeys to outer representation */
    2896                 :       17890 :         pathkeys = convert_subquery_pathkeys(root,
    2897                 :             :                                              rel,
    2898                 :             :                                              subpath->pathkeys,
    2899                 :             :                                              make_tlist_from_pathtarget(subpath->pathtarget));
    2900                 :             : 
    2901                 :             :         /* Generate outer path using this subpath */
    2902                 :       17890 :         add_path(rel, (Path *)
    2903                 :       17890 :                  create_subqueryscan_path(root, rel, subpath,
    2904                 :             :                                           trivial_pathtarget,
    2905                 :             :                                           pathkeys, required_outer));
    2906                 :             :     }
    2907                 :             : 
    2908                 :             :     /* If outer rel allows parallelism, do same for partial paths. */
    2909   [ +  +  +  + ]:       16328 :     if (rel->consider_parallel && bms_is_empty(required_outer))
    2910                 :             :     {
    2911                 :             :         /* If consider_parallel is false, there should be no partial paths. */
    2912                 :             :         Assert(sub_final_rel->consider_parallel ||
    2913                 :             :                sub_final_rel->partial_pathlist == NIL);
    2914                 :             : 
    2915                 :             :         /* Same for partial paths. */
    2916   [ +  +  +  +  :        9683 :         foreach(lc, sub_final_rel->partial_pathlist)
                   +  + ]
    2917                 :             :         {
    2918                 :          45 :             Path       *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    2919                 :             :             List       *pathkeys;
    2920                 :             : 
    2921                 :             :             /* Convert subpath's pathkeys to outer representation */
    2922                 :          45 :             pathkeys = convert_subquery_pathkeys(root,
    2923                 :             :                                                  rel,
    2924                 :             :                                                  subpath->pathkeys,
    2925                 :             :                                                  make_tlist_from_pathtarget(subpath->pathtarget));
    2926                 :             : 
    2927                 :             :             /* Generate outer path using this subpath */
    2928                 :          45 :             add_partial_path(rel, (Path *)
    2929                 :          45 :                              create_subqueryscan_path(root, rel, subpath,
    2930                 :             :                                                       trivial_pathtarget,
    2931                 :             :                                                       pathkeys,
    2932                 :             :                                                       required_outer));
    2933                 :             :         }
    2934                 :             :     }
    2935                 :             : }
    2936                 :             : 
    2937                 :             : /*
    2938                 :             :  * set_function_pathlist
    2939                 :             :  *      Build the (single) access path for a function RTE
    2940                 :             :  */
    2941                 :             : static void
    2942                 :       35076 : set_function_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, RangeTblEntry *rte)
    2943                 :             : {
    2944                 :             :     Relids      required_outer;
    2945                 :       35076 :     List       *pathkeys = NIL;
    2946                 :             : 
    2947                 :             :     /*
    2948                 :             :      * We don't support pushing join clauses into the quals of a function
    2949                 :             :      * scan, but it could still have required parameterization due to LATERAL
    2950                 :             :      * refs in the function expression.
    2951                 :             :      */
    2952                 :       35076 :     required_outer = rel->lateral_relids;
    2953                 :             : 
    2954                 :             :     /*
    2955                 :             :      * The result is considered unordered unless ORDINALITY was used, in which
    2956                 :             :      * case it is ordered by the ordinal column (the last one).  See if we
    2957                 :             :      * care, by checking for uses of that Var in equivalence classes.
    2958                 :             :      */
    2959         [ +  + ]:       35076 :     if (rte->funcordinality)
    2960                 :             :     {
    2961                 :         730 :         AttrNumber  ordattno = rel->max_attr;
    2962                 :         730 :         Var        *var = NULL;
    2963                 :             :         ListCell   *lc;
    2964                 :             : 
    2965                 :             :         /*
    2966                 :             :          * Is there a Var for it in rel's targetlist?  If not, the query did
    2967                 :             :          * not reference the ordinality column, or at least not in any way
    2968                 :             :          * that would be interesting for sorting.
    2969                 :             :          */
    2970   [ +  -  +  +  :        1716 :         foreach(lc, rel->reltarget->exprs)
                   +  + ]
    2971                 :             :         {
    2972                 :        1711 :             Var        *node = (Var *) lfirst(lc);
    2973                 :             : 
    2974                 :             :             /* checking varno/varlevelsup is just paranoia */
    2975         [ +  - ]:        1711 :             if (IsA(node, Var) &&
    2976         [ +  + ]:        1711 :                 node->varattno == ordattno &&
    2977         [ +  - ]:         725 :                 node->varno == rel->relid &&
    2978         [ +  - ]:         725 :                 node->varlevelsup == 0)
    2979                 :             :             {
    2980                 :         725 :                 var = node;
    2981                 :         725 :                 break;
    2982                 :             :             }
    2983                 :             :         }
    2984                 :             : 
    2985                 :             :         /*
    2986                 :             :          * Try to build pathkeys for this Var with int8 sorting.  We tell
    2987                 :             :          * build_expression_pathkey not to build any new equivalence class; if
    2988                 :             :          * the Var isn't already mentioned in some EC, it means that nothing
    2989                 :             :          * cares about the ordering.
    2990                 :             :          */
    2991         [ +  + ]:         730 :         if (var)
    2992                 :         725 :             pathkeys = build_expression_pathkey(root,
    2993                 :             :                                                 (Expr *) var,
    2994                 :             :                                                 Int8LessOperator,
    2995                 :             :                                                 rel->relids,
    2996                 :             :                                                 false);
    2997                 :             :     }
    2998                 :             : 
    2999                 :             :     /* Generate appropriate path */
    3000                 :       35076 :     add_path(rel, create_functionscan_path(root, rel,
    3001                 :             :                                            pathkeys, required_outer));
    3002                 :       35076 : }
    3003                 :             : 
    3004                 :             : /*
    3005                 :             :  * set_values_pathlist
    3006                 :             :  *      Build the (single) access path for a VALUES RTE
    3007                 :             :  */
    3008                 :             : static void
    3009                 :        6794 : set_values_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, RangeTblEntry *rte)
    3010                 :             : {
    3011                 :             :     Relids      required_outer;
    3012                 :             : 
    3013                 :             :     /*
    3014                 :             :      * We don't support pushing join clauses into the quals of a values scan,
    3015                 :             :      * but it could still have required parameterization due to LATERAL refs
    3016                 :             :      * in the values expressions.
    3017                 :             :      */
    3018                 :        6794 :     required_outer = rel->lateral_relids;
    3019                 :             : 
    3020                 :             :     /* Generate appropriate path */
    3021                 :        6794 :     add_path(rel, create_valuesscan_path(root, rel, required_outer));
    3022                 :        6794 : }
    3023                 :             : 
    3024                 :             : /*
    3025                 :             :  * set_tablefunc_pathlist
    3026                 :             :  *      Build the (single) access path for a table func RTE
    3027                 :             :  */
    3028                 :             : static void
    3029                 :         619 : set_tablefunc_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, RangeTblEntry *rte)
    3030                 :             : {
    3031                 :             :     Relids      required_outer;
    3032                 :             : 
    3033                 :             :     /*
    3034                 :             :      * We don't support pushing join clauses into the quals of a tablefunc
    3035                 :             :      * scan, but it could still have required parameterization due to LATERAL
    3036                 :             :      * refs in the function expression.
    3037                 :             :      */
    3038                 :         619 :     required_outer = rel->lateral_relids;
    3039                 :             : 
    3040                 :             :     /* Generate appropriate path */
    3041                 :         619 :     add_path(rel, create_tablefuncscan_path(root, rel,
    3042                 :             :                                             required_outer));
    3043                 :         619 : }
    3044                 :             : 
    3045                 :             : /*
    3046                 :             :  * set_cte_pathlist
    3047                 :             :  *      Build the (single) access path for a non-self-reference CTE RTE
    3048                 :             :  *
    3049                 :             :  * There's no need for a separate set_cte_size phase, since we don't
    3050                 :             :  * support join-qual-parameterized paths for CTEs.
    3051                 :             :  */
    3052                 :             : static void
    3053                 :        3007 : set_cte_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, RangeTblEntry *rte)
    3054                 :             : {
    3055                 :             :     Path       *ctepath;
    3056                 :             :     Plan       *cteplan;
    3057                 :             :     PlannerInfo *cteroot;
    3058                 :             :     Index       levelsup;
    3059                 :             :     List       *pathkeys;
    3060                 :             :     int         ndx;
    3061                 :             :     ListCell   *lc;
    3062                 :             :     int         plan_id;
    3063                 :             :     Relids      required_outer;
    3064                 :             : 
    3065                 :             :     /*
    3066                 :             :      * Find the referenced CTE, and locate the path and plan previously made
    3067                 :             :      * for it.
    3068                 :             :      */
    3069                 :        3007 :     levelsup = rte->ctelevelsup;
    3070                 :        3007 :     cteroot = root;
    3071         [ +  + ]:        5163 :     while (levelsup-- > 0)
    3072                 :             :     {
    3073                 :        2156 :         cteroot = cteroot->parent_root;
    3074         [ -  + ]:        2156 :         if (!cteroot)           /* shouldn't happen */
    3075         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "bad levelsup for CTE \"%s\"", rte->ctename);
    3076                 :             :     }
    3077                 :             : 
    3078                 :             :     /*
    3079                 :             :      * Note: cte_plan_ids can be shorter than cteList, if we are still working
    3080                 :             :      * on planning the CTEs (ie, this is a side-reference from another CTE).
    3081                 :             :      * So we mustn't use forboth here.
    3082                 :             :      */
    3083                 :        3007 :     ndx = 0;
    3084   [ +  -  +  -  :        3987 :     foreach(lc, cteroot->parse->cteList)
                   +  - ]
    3085                 :             :     {
    3086                 :        3987 :         CommonTableExpr *cte = (CommonTableExpr *) lfirst(lc);
    3087                 :             : 
    3088         [ +  + ]:        3987 :         if (strcmp(cte->ctename, rte->ctename) == 0)
    3089                 :        3007 :             break;
    3090                 :         980 :         ndx++;
    3091                 :             :     }
    3092         [ -  + ]:        3007 :     if (lc == NULL)             /* shouldn't happen */
    3093         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "could not find CTE \"%s\"", rte->ctename);
    3094         [ -  + ]:        3007 :     if (ndx >= list_length(cteroot->cte_plan_ids))
    3095         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "could not find plan for CTE \"%s\"", rte->ctename);
    3096                 :        3007 :     plan_id = list_nth_int(cteroot->cte_plan_ids, ndx);
    3097         [ -  + ]:        3007 :     if (plan_id <= 0)
    3098         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "no plan was made for CTE \"%s\"", rte->ctename);
    3099                 :             : 
    3100                 :             :     Assert(list_length(root->glob->subpaths) == list_length(root->glob->subplans));
    3101                 :        3007 :     ctepath = (Path *) list_nth(root->glob->subpaths, plan_id - 1);
    3102                 :        3007 :     cteplan = (Plan *) list_nth(root->glob->subplans, plan_id - 1);
    3103                 :             : 
    3104                 :             :     /* Mark rel with estimated output rows, width, etc */
    3105                 :        3007 :     set_cte_size_estimates(root, rel, cteplan->plan_rows);
    3106                 :             : 
    3107                 :             :     /* Convert the ctepath's pathkeys to outer query's representation */
    3108                 :        3007 :     pathkeys = convert_subquery_pathkeys(root,
    3109                 :             :                                          rel,
    3110                 :             :                                          ctepath->pathkeys,
    3111                 :             :                                          cteplan->targetlist);
    3112                 :             : 
    3113                 :             :     /*
    3114                 :             :      * We don't support pushing join clauses into the quals of a CTE scan, but
    3115                 :             :      * it could still have required parameterization due to LATERAL refs in
    3116                 :             :      * its tlist.
    3117                 :             :      */
    3118                 :        3007 :     required_outer = rel->lateral_relids;
    3119                 :             : 
    3120                 :             :     /* Generate appropriate path */
    3121                 :        3007 :     add_path(rel, create_ctescan_path(root, rel, pathkeys, required_outer));
    3122                 :        3007 : }
    3123                 :             : 
    3124                 :             : /*
    3125                 :             :  * set_namedtuplestore_pathlist
    3126                 :             :  *      Build the (single) access path for a named tuplestore RTE
    3127                 :             :  *
    3128                 :             :  * There's no need for a separate set_namedtuplestore_size phase, since we
    3129                 :             :  * don't support join-qual-parameterized paths for tuplestores.
    3130                 :             :  */
    3131                 :             : static void
    3132                 :         395 : set_namedtuplestore_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
    3133                 :             :                              RangeTblEntry *rte)
    3134                 :             : {
    3135                 :             :     Relids      required_outer;
    3136                 :             : 
    3137                 :             :     /* Mark rel with estimated output rows, width, etc */
    3138                 :         395 :     set_namedtuplestore_size_estimates(root, rel);
    3139                 :             : 
    3140                 :             :     /*
    3141                 :             :      * We don't support pushing join clauses into the quals of a tuplestore
    3142                 :             :      * scan, but it could still have required parameterization due to LATERAL
    3143                 :             :      * refs in its tlist.
    3144                 :             :      */
    3145                 :         395 :     required_outer = rel->lateral_relids;
    3146                 :             : 
    3147                 :             :     /* Generate appropriate path */
    3148                 :         395 :     add_path(rel, create_namedtuplestorescan_path(root, rel, required_outer));
    3149                 :         395 : }
    3150                 :             : 
    3151                 :             : /*
    3152                 :             :  * set_result_pathlist
    3153                 :             :  *      Build the (single) access path for an RTE_RESULT RTE
    3154                 :             :  *
    3155                 :             :  * There's no need for a separate set_result_size phase, since we
    3156                 :             :  * don't support join-qual-parameterized paths for these RTEs.
    3157                 :             :  */
    3158                 :             : static void
    3159                 :        3621 : set_result_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
    3160                 :             :                     RangeTblEntry *rte)
    3161                 :             : {
    3162                 :             :     Relids      required_outer;
    3163                 :             : 
    3164                 :             :     /* Mark rel with estimated output rows, width, etc */
    3165                 :        3621 :     set_result_size_estimates(root, rel);
    3166                 :             : 
    3167                 :             :     /*
    3168                 :             :      * We don't support pushing join clauses into the quals of a Result scan,
    3169                 :             :      * but it could still have required parameterization due to LATERAL refs
    3170                 :             :      * in its tlist.
    3171                 :             :      */
    3172                 :        3621 :     required_outer = rel->lateral_relids;
    3173                 :             : 
    3174                 :             :     /* Generate appropriate path */
    3175                 :        3621 :     add_path(rel, create_resultscan_path(root, rel, required_outer));
    3176                 :        3621 : }
    3177                 :             : 
    3178                 :             : /*
    3179                 :             :  * set_worktable_pathlist
    3180                 :             :  *      Build the (single) access path for a self-reference CTE RTE
    3181                 :             :  *
    3182                 :             :  * There's no need for a separate set_worktable_size phase, since we don't
    3183                 :             :  * support join-qual-parameterized paths for CTEs.
    3184                 :             :  */
    3185                 :             : static void
    3186                 :         641 : set_worktable_pathlist(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, RangeTblEntry *rte)
    3187                 :             : {
    3188                 :             :     Path       *ctepath;
    3189                 :             :     PlannerInfo *cteroot;
    3190                 :             :     Index       levelsup;
    3191                 :             :     Relids      required_outer;
    3192                 :             : 
    3193                 :             :     /*
    3194                 :             :      * We need to find the non-recursive term's path, which is in the plan
    3195                 :             :      * level that's processing the recursive UNION, which is one level *below*
    3196                 :             :      * where the CTE comes from.
    3197                 :             :      */
    3198                 :         641 :     levelsup = rte->ctelevelsup;
    3199         [ -  + ]:         641 :     if (levelsup == 0)          /* shouldn't happen */
    3200         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "bad levelsup for CTE \"%s\"", rte->ctename);
    3201                 :         641 :     levelsup--;
    3202                 :         641 :     cteroot = root;
    3203         [ +  + ]:        1556 :     while (levelsup-- > 0)
    3204                 :             :     {
    3205                 :         915 :         cteroot = cteroot->parent_root;
    3206         [ -  + ]:         915 :         if (!cteroot)           /* shouldn't happen */
    3207         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "bad levelsup for CTE \"%s\"", rte->ctename);
    3208                 :             :     }
    3209                 :         641 :     ctepath = cteroot->non_recursive_path;
    3210         [ -  + ]:         641 :     if (!ctepath)               /* shouldn't happen */
    3211         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "could not find path for CTE \"%s\"", rte->ctename);
    3212                 :             : 
    3213                 :             :     /* Mark rel with estimated output rows, width, etc */
    3214                 :         641 :     set_cte_size_estimates(root, rel, ctepath->rows);
    3215                 :             : 
    3216                 :             :     /*
    3217                 :             :      * We don't support pushing join clauses into the quals of a worktable
    3218                 :             :      * scan, but it could still have required parameterization due to LATERAL
    3219                 :             :      * refs in its tlist.  (I'm not sure this is actually possible given the
    3220                 :             :      * restrictions on recursive references, but it's easy enough to support.)
    3221                 :             :      */
    3222                 :         641 :     required_outer = rel->lateral_relids;
    3223                 :             : 
    3224                 :             :     /* Generate appropriate path */
    3225                 :         641 :     add_path(rel, create_worktablescan_path(root, rel, required_outer));
    3226                 :         641 : }
    3227                 :             : 
    3228                 :             : /*
    3229                 :             :  * generate_gather_paths
    3230                 :             :  *      Generate parallel access paths for a relation by pushing a Gather or
    3231                 :             :  *      Gather Merge on top of a partial path.
    3232                 :             :  *
    3233                 :             :  * This must not be called until after we're done creating all partial paths
    3234                 :             :  * for the specified relation.  (Otherwise, add_partial_path might delete a
    3235                 :             :  * path that some GatherPath or GatherMergePath has a reference to.)
    3236                 :             :  *
    3237                 :             :  * If we're generating paths for a scan or join relation, override_rows will
    3238                 :             :  * be false, and we'll just use the relation's size estimate.  When we're
    3239                 :             :  * being called for a partially-grouped or partially-distinct path, though, we
    3240                 :             :  * need to override the rowcount estimate.  (It's not clear that the
    3241                 :             :  * particular value we're using here is actually best, but the underlying rel
    3242                 :             :  * has no estimate so we must do something.)
    3243                 :             :  */
    3244                 :             : void
    3245                 :       21159 : generate_gather_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, bool override_rows)
    3246                 :             : {
    3247                 :             :     Path       *cheapest_partial_path;
    3248                 :             :     Path       *simple_gather_path;
    3249                 :             :     ListCell   *lc;
    3250                 :             :     double      rows;
    3251                 :       21159 :     double     *rowsp = NULL;
    3252                 :             : 
    3253                 :             :     /* If there are no partial paths, there's nothing to do here. */
    3254         [ -  + ]:       21159 :     if (rel->partial_pathlist == NIL)
    3255                 :           0 :         return;
    3256                 :             : 
    3257                 :             :     /* Should we override the rel's rowcount estimate? */
    3258         [ +  + ]:       21159 :     if (override_rows)
    3259                 :        5715 :         rowsp = &rows;
    3260                 :             : 
    3261                 :             :     /*
    3262                 :             :      * The output of Gather is always unsorted, so there's only one partial
    3263                 :             :      * path of interest: the cheapest one.  That will be the one at the front
    3264                 :             :      * of partial_pathlist because of the way add_partial_path works.
    3265                 :             :      */
    3266                 :       21159 :     cheapest_partial_path = linitial(rel->partial_pathlist);
    3267                 :       21159 :     rows = compute_gather_rows(cheapest_partial_path);
    3268                 :             :     simple_gather_path = (Path *)
    3269                 :       21159 :         create_gather_path(root, rel, cheapest_partial_path, rel->reltarget,
    3270                 :             :                            NULL, rowsp);
    3271                 :       21159 :     add_path(rel, simple_gather_path);
    3272                 :             : 
    3273                 :             :     /*
    3274                 :             :      * For each useful ordering, we can consider an order-preserving Gather
    3275                 :             :      * Merge.
    3276                 :             :      */
    3277   [ +  -  +  +  :       47263 :     foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
                   +  + ]
    3278                 :             :     {
    3279                 :       26104 :         Path       *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    3280                 :             :         GatherMergePath *path;
    3281                 :             : 
    3282         [ +  + ]:       26104 :         if (subpath->pathkeys == NIL)
    3283                 :       20627 :             continue;
    3284                 :             : 
    3285                 :        5477 :         rows = compute_gather_rows(subpath);
    3286                 :        5477 :         path = create_gather_merge_path(root, rel, subpath, rel->reltarget,
    3287                 :             :                                         subpath->pathkeys, NULL, rowsp);
    3288                 :        5477 :         add_path(rel, &path->path);
    3289                 :             :     }
    3290                 :             : }
    3291                 :             : 
    3292                 :             : /*
    3293                 :             :  * get_useful_pathkeys_for_relation
    3294                 :             :  *      Determine which orderings of a relation might be useful.
    3295                 :             :  *
    3296                 :             :  * Getting data in sorted order can be useful either because the requested
    3297                 :             :  * order matches the final output ordering for the overall query we're
    3298                 :             :  * planning, or because it enables an efficient merge join.  Here, we try
    3299                 :             :  * to figure out which pathkeys to consider.
    3300                 :             :  *
    3301                 :             :  * This allows us to do incremental sort on top of an index scan under a gather
    3302                 :             :  * merge node, i.e. parallelized.
    3303                 :             :  *
    3304                 :             :  * If the require_parallel_safe is true, we also require the expressions to
    3305                 :             :  * be parallel safe (which allows pushing the sort below Gather Merge).
    3306                 :             :  *
    3307                 :             :  * XXX At the moment this can only ever return a list with a single element,
    3308                 :             :  * because it looks at query_pathkeys only. So we might return the pathkeys
    3309                 :             :  * directly, but it seems plausible we'll want to consider other orderings
    3310                 :             :  * in the future. For example, we might want to consider pathkeys useful for
    3311                 :             :  * merge joins.
    3312                 :             :  */
    3313                 :             : static List *
    3314                 :       21159 : get_useful_pathkeys_for_relation(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
    3315                 :             :                                  bool require_parallel_safe)
    3316                 :             : {
    3317                 :       21159 :     List       *useful_pathkeys_list = NIL;
    3318                 :             : 
    3319                 :             :     /*
    3320                 :             :      * Considering query_pathkeys is always worth it, because it might allow
    3321                 :             :      * us to avoid a total sort when we have a partially presorted path
    3322                 :             :      * available or to push the total sort into the parallel portion of the
    3323                 :             :      * query.
    3324                 :             :      */
    3325         [ +  + ]:       21159 :     if (root->query_pathkeys)
    3326                 :             :     {
    3327                 :             :         ListCell   *lc;
    3328                 :       12648 :         int         npathkeys = 0;  /* useful pathkeys */
    3329                 :             : 
    3330   [ +  -  +  +  :       21791 :         foreach(lc, root->query_pathkeys)
                   +  + ]
    3331                 :             :         {
    3332                 :       15750 :             PathKey    *pathkey = (PathKey *) lfirst(lc);
    3333                 :       15750 :             EquivalenceClass *pathkey_ec = pathkey->pk_eclass;
    3334                 :             : 
    3335                 :             :             /*
    3336                 :             :              * We can only build a sort for pathkeys that contain a
    3337                 :             :              * safe-to-compute-early EC member computable from the current
    3338                 :             :              * relation's reltarget, so ignore the remainder of the list as
    3339                 :             :              * soon as we find a pathkey without such a member.
    3340                 :             :              *
    3341                 :             :              * It's still worthwhile to return any prefix of the pathkeys list
    3342                 :             :              * that meets this requirement, as we may be able to do an
    3343                 :             :              * incremental sort.
    3344                 :             :              *
    3345                 :             :              * If requested, ensure the sort expression is parallel-safe too.
    3346                 :             :              */
    3347         [ +  + ]:       15750 :             if (!relation_can_be_sorted_early(root, rel, pathkey_ec,
    3348                 :             :                                               require_parallel_safe))
    3349                 :        6607 :                 break;
    3350                 :             : 
    3351                 :        9143 :             npathkeys++;
    3352                 :             :         }
    3353                 :             : 
    3354                 :             :         /*
    3355                 :             :          * The whole query_pathkeys list matches, so append it directly, to
    3356                 :             :          * allow comparing pathkeys easily by comparing list pointer. If we
    3357                 :             :          * have to truncate the pathkeys, we gotta do a copy though.
    3358                 :             :          */
    3359         [ +  + ]:       12648 :         if (npathkeys == list_length(root->query_pathkeys))
    3360                 :        6041 :             useful_pathkeys_list = lappend(useful_pathkeys_list,
    3361                 :        6041 :                                            root->query_pathkeys);
    3362         [ +  + ]:        6607 :         else if (npathkeys > 0)
    3363                 :         415 :             useful_pathkeys_list = lappend(useful_pathkeys_list,
    3364                 :         415 :                                            list_copy_head(root->query_pathkeys,
    3365                 :             :                                                           npathkeys));
    3366                 :             :     }
    3367                 :             : 
    3368                 :       21159 :     return useful_pathkeys_list;
    3369                 :             : }
    3370                 :             : 
    3371                 :             : /*
    3372                 :             :  * generate_useful_gather_paths
    3373                 :             :  *      Generate parallel access paths for a relation by pushing a Gather or
    3374                 :             :  *      Gather Merge on top of a partial path.
    3375                 :             :  *
    3376                 :             :  * Unlike plain generate_gather_paths, this looks both at pathkeys of input
    3377                 :             :  * paths (aiming to preserve the ordering), but also considers ordering that
    3378                 :             :  * might be useful for nodes above the gather merge node, and tries to add
    3379                 :             :  * a sort (regular or incremental) to provide that.
    3380                 :             :  */
    3381                 :             : void
    3382                 :      469515 : generate_useful_gather_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, bool override_rows)
    3383                 :             : {
    3384                 :             :     ListCell   *lc;
    3385                 :             :     double      rows;
    3386                 :      469515 :     double     *rowsp = NULL;
    3387                 :      469515 :     List       *useful_pathkeys_list = NIL;
    3388                 :      469515 :     Path       *cheapest_partial_path = NULL;
    3389                 :             : 
    3390                 :             :     /* If there are no partial paths, there's nothing to do here. */
    3391         [ +  + ]:      469515 :     if (rel->partial_pathlist == NIL)
    3392                 :      448356 :         return;
    3393                 :             : 
    3394                 :             :     /* Should we override the rel's rowcount estimate? */
    3395         [ +  + ]:       21159 :     if (override_rows)
    3396                 :        5715 :         rowsp = &rows;
    3397                 :             : 
    3398                 :             :     /* generate the regular gather (merge) paths */
    3399                 :       21159 :     generate_gather_paths(root, rel, override_rows);
    3400                 :             : 
    3401                 :             :     /* consider incremental sort for interesting orderings */
    3402                 :       21159 :     useful_pathkeys_list = get_useful_pathkeys_for_relation(root, rel, true);
    3403                 :             : 
    3404                 :             :     /* used for explicit (full) sort paths */
    3405                 :       21159 :     cheapest_partial_path = linitial(rel->partial_pathlist);
    3406                 :             : 
    3407                 :             :     /*
    3408                 :             :      * Consider sorted paths for each interesting ordering. We generate both
    3409                 :             :      * incremental and full sort.
    3410                 :             :      */
    3411   [ +  +  +  +  :       27615 :     foreach(lc, useful_pathkeys_list)
                   +  + ]
    3412                 :             :     {
    3413                 :        6456 :         List       *useful_pathkeys = lfirst(lc);
    3414                 :             :         ListCell   *lc2;
    3415                 :             :         bool        is_sorted;
    3416                 :             :         int         presorted_keys;
    3417                 :             : 
    3418   [ +  -  +  +  :       15145 :         foreach(lc2, rel->partial_pathlist)
                   +  + ]
    3419                 :             :         {
    3420                 :        8689 :             Path       *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc2);
    3421                 :             :             GatherMergePath *path;
    3422                 :             : 
    3423                 :        8689 :             is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(useful_pathkeys,
    3424                 :             :                                                     subpath->pathkeys,
    3425                 :             :                                                     &presorted_keys);
    3426                 :             : 
    3427                 :             :             /*
    3428                 :             :              * We don't need to consider the case where a subpath is already
    3429                 :             :              * fully sorted because generate_gather_paths already creates a
    3430                 :             :              * gather merge path for every subpath that has pathkeys present.
    3431                 :             :              *
    3432                 :             :              * But since the subpath is already sorted, we know we don't need
    3433                 :             :              * to consider adding a sort (full or incremental) on top of it,
    3434                 :             :              * so we can continue here.
    3435                 :             :              */
    3436         [ +  + ]:        8689 :             if (is_sorted)
    3437                 :        2385 :                 continue;
    3438                 :             : 
    3439                 :             :             /*
    3440                 :             :              * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try
    3441                 :             :              * incrementally sorting any path which is partially sorted
    3442                 :             :              * already (no need to deal with paths which have presorted keys
    3443                 :             :              * when incremental sort is disabled unless it's the cheapest
    3444                 :             :              * input path).
    3445                 :             :              */
    3446         [ +  + ]:        6304 :             if (subpath != cheapest_partial_path &&
    3447   [ +  +  +  + ]:         260 :                 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
    3448                 :          73 :                 continue;
    3449                 :             : 
    3450                 :             :             /*
    3451                 :             :              * Consider regular sort for any path that's not presorted or if
    3452                 :             :              * incremental sort is disabled.  We've no need to consider both
    3453                 :             :              * sort and incremental sort on the same path.  We assume that
    3454                 :             :              * incremental sort is always faster when there are presorted
    3455                 :             :              * keys.
    3456                 :             :              *
    3457                 :             :              * This is not redundant with the gather paths created in
    3458                 :             :              * generate_gather_paths, because that doesn't generate ordered
    3459                 :             :              * output. Here we add an explicit sort to match the useful
    3460                 :             :              * ordering.
    3461                 :             :              */
    3462   [ +  +  +  + ]:        6231 :             if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    3463                 :             :             {
    3464                 :        6033 :                 subpath = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
    3465                 :             :                                                     rel,
    3466                 :             :                                                     subpath,
    3467                 :             :                                                     useful_pathkeys,
    3468                 :             :                                                     -1.0);
    3469                 :             :             }
    3470                 :             :             else
    3471                 :         198 :                 subpath = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    3472                 :             :                                                                 rel,
    3473                 :             :                                                                 subpath,
    3474                 :             :                                                                 useful_pathkeys,
    3475                 :             :                                                                 presorted_keys,
    3476                 :             :                                                                 -1);
    3477                 :        6231 :             rows = compute_gather_rows(subpath);
    3478                 :        6231 :             path = create_gather_merge_path(root, rel,
    3479                 :             :                                             subpath,
    3480                 :        6231 :                                             rel->reltarget,
    3481                 :             :                                             subpath->pathkeys,
    3482                 :             :                                             NULL,
    3483                 :             :                                             rowsp);
    3484                 :             : 
    3485                 :        6231 :             add_path(rel, &path->path);
    3486                 :             :         }
    3487                 :             :     }
    3488                 :             : }
    3489                 :             : 
    3490                 :             : /*
    3491                 :             :  * generate_grouped_paths
    3492                 :             :  *      Generate paths for a grouped relation by adding sorted and hashed
    3493                 :             :  *      partial aggregation paths on top of paths of the ungrouped relation.
    3494                 :             :  *
    3495                 :             :  * The information needed is provided by the RelAggInfo structure stored in
    3496                 :             :  * "grouped_rel".
    3497                 :             :  */
    3498                 :             : void
    3499                 :         737 : generate_grouped_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
    3500                 :             :                        RelOptInfo *rel)
    3501                 :             : {
    3502                 :         737 :     RelAggInfo *agg_info = grouped_rel->agg_info;
    3503                 :             :     AggClauseCosts agg_costs;
    3504                 :             :     bool        can_hash;
    3505                 :             :     bool        can_sort;
    3506                 :         737 :     Path       *cheapest_total_path = NULL;
    3507                 :         737 :     Path       *cheapest_partial_path = NULL;
    3508                 :         737 :     double      dNumGroups = 0;
    3509                 :         737 :     double      dNumPartialGroups = 0;
    3510                 :         737 :     List       *group_pathkeys = NIL;
    3511                 :             : 
    3512         [ -  + ]:         737 :     if (IS_DUMMY_REL(rel))
    3513                 :             :     {
    3514                 :           0 :         mark_dummy_rel(grouped_rel);
    3515                 :           0 :         return;
    3516                 :             :     }
    3517                 :             : 
    3518                 :             :     /*
    3519                 :             :      * We push partial aggregation only to the lowest possible level in the
    3520                 :             :      * join tree that is deemed useful.
    3521                 :             :      */
    3522         [ +  - ]:         737 :     if (!bms_equal(agg_info->apply_agg_at, rel->relids) ||
    3523         [ -  + ]:         737 :         !agg_info->agg_useful)
    3524                 :           0 :         return;
    3525                 :             : 
    3526   [ +  -  +  -  :        4422 :     MemSet(&agg_costs, 0, sizeof(AggClauseCosts));
          +  -  +  -  +  
                      + ]
    3527                 :         737 :     get_agg_clause_costs(root, AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL, &agg_costs);
    3528                 :             : 
    3529                 :             :     /*
    3530                 :             :      * Determine whether it's possible to perform sort-based implementations
    3531                 :             :      * of grouping, and generate the pathkeys that represent the grouping
    3532                 :             :      * requirements in that case.
    3533                 :             :      */
    3534                 :         737 :     can_sort = grouping_is_sortable(agg_info->group_clauses);
    3535         [ +  - ]:         737 :     if (can_sort)
    3536                 :             :     {
    3537                 :             :         RelOptInfo *top_grouped_rel;
    3538                 :             :         List       *top_group_tlist;
    3539                 :             : 
    3540   [ +  +  -  + ]:         407 :         top_grouped_rel = IS_OTHER_REL(rel) ?
    3541         [ +  + ]:        1144 :             rel->top_parent->grouped_rel : grouped_rel;
    3542                 :             :         top_group_tlist =
    3543                 :         737 :             make_tlist_from_pathtarget(top_grouped_rel->agg_info->target);
    3544                 :             : 
    3545                 :             :         group_pathkeys =
    3546                 :         737 :             make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root, agg_info->group_clauses,
    3547                 :             :                                           top_group_tlist);
    3548                 :             :     }
    3549                 :             : 
    3550                 :             :     /*
    3551                 :             :      * Determine whether we should consider hash-based implementations of
    3552                 :             :      * grouping.
    3553                 :             :      */
    3554                 :             :     Assert(root->numOrderedAggs == 0);
    3555   [ +  -  +  - ]:        1474 :     can_hash = (agg_info->group_clauses != NIL &&
    3556                 :         737 :                 grouping_is_hashable(agg_info->group_clauses));
    3557                 :             : 
    3558                 :             :     /*
    3559                 :             :      * Consider whether we should generate partially aggregated non-partial
    3560                 :             :      * paths.  We can only do this if we have a non-partial path.
    3561                 :             :      */
    3562         [ +  - ]:         737 :     if (rel->pathlist != NIL)
    3563                 :             :     {
    3564                 :         737 :         cheapest_total_path = rel->cheapest_total_path;
    3565                 :             :         Assert(cheapest_total_path != NULL);
    3566                 :             :     }
    3567                 :             : 
    3568                 :             :     /*
    3569                 :             :      * If parallelism is possible for grouped_rel, then we should consider
    3570                 :             :      * generating partially-grouped partial paths.  However, if the ungrouped
    3571                 :             :      * rel has no partial paths, then we can't.
    3572                 :             :      */
    3573   [ +  +  +  + ]:         737 :     if (grouped_rel->consider_parallel && rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
    3574                 :             :     {
    3575                 :         610 :         cheapest_partial_path = linitial(rel->partial_pathlist);
    3576                 :             :         Assert(cheapest_partial_path != NULL);
    3577                 :             :     }
    3578                 :             : 
    3579                 :             :     /* Estimate number of partial groups. */
    3580         [ +  - ]:         737 :     if (cheapest_total_path != NULL)
    3581                 :         737 :         dNumGroups = estimate_num_groups(root,
    3582                 :             :                                          agg_info->group_exprs,
    3583                 :             :                                          cheapest_total_path->rows,
    3584                 :             :                                          NULL, NULL);
    3585         [ +  + ]:         737 :     if (cheapest_partial_path != NULL)
    3586                 :         610 :         dNumPartialGroups = estimate_num_groups(root,
    3587                 :             :                                                 agg_info->group_exprs,
    3588                 :             :                                                 cheapest_partial_path->rows,
    3589                 :             :                                                 NULL, NULL);
    3590                 :             : 
    3591   [ +  -  +  - ]:         737 :     if (can_sort && cheapest_total_path != NULL)
    3592                 :             :     {
    3593                 :             :         ListCell   *lc;
    3594                 :             : 
    3595                 :             :         /*
    3596                 :             :          * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
    3597                 :             :          * sorting the cheapest-total path and incremental sort on any paths
    3598                 :             :          * with presorted keys.
    3599                 :             :          *
    3600                 :             :          * To save planning time, we ignore parameterized input paths unless
    3601                 :             :          * they are the cheapest-total path.
    3602                 :             :          */
    3603   [ +  -  +  +  :        1755 :         foreach(lc, rel->pathlist)
                   +  + ]
    3604                 :             :         {
    3605                 :        1018 :             Path       *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    3606                 :             :             Path       *path;
    3607                 :             :             bool        is_sorted;
    3608                 :             :             int         presorted_keys;
    3609                 :             : 
    3610                 :             :             /*
    3611                 :             :              * Ignore parameterized paths that are not the cheapest-total
    3612                 :             :              * path.
    3613                 :             :              */
    3614   [ +  +  +  - ]:        1018 :             if (input_path->param_info &&
    3615                 :             :                 input_path != cheapest_total_path)
    3616                 :          23 :                 continue;
    3617                 :             : 
    3618                 :        1013 :             is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(group_pathkeys,
    3619                 :             :                                                     input_path->pathkeys,
    3620                 :             :                                                     &presorted_keys);
    3621                 :             : 
    3622                 :             :             /*
    3623                 :             :              * Ignore paths that are not suitably or partially sorted, unless
    3624                 :             :              * they are the cheapest total path (no need to deal with paths
    3625                 :             :              * which have presorted keys when incremental sort is disabled).
    3626                 :             :              */
    3627   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1013 :             if (!is_sorted && input_path != cheapest_total_path &&
    3628   [ +  +  -  + ]:         122 :                 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
    3629                 :          18 :                 continue;
    3630                 :             : 
    3631                 :             :             /*
    3632                 :             :              * Since the path originates from a non-grouped relation that is
    3633                 :             :              * not aware of eager aggregation, we must ensure that it provides
    3634                 :             :              * the correct input for partial aggregation.
    3635                 :             :              */
    3636                 :         995 :             path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
    3637                 :             :                                                    grouped_rel,
    3638                 :             :                                                    input_path,
    3639                 :         995 :                                                    agg_info->agg_input);
    3640                 :             : 
    3641         [ +  + ]:         995 :             if (!is_sorted)
    3642                 :             :             {
    3643                 :             :                 /*
    3644                 :             :                  * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
    3645                 :             :                  * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
    3646                 :             :                  * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
    3647                 :             :                  */
    3648   [ +  +  -  + ]:         836 :                 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    3649                 :         726 :                     path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
    3650                 :             :                                                      grouped_rel,
    3651                 :             :                                                      path,
    3652                 :             :                                                      group_pathkeys,
    3653                 :             :                                                      -1.0);
    3654                 :             :                 else
    3655                 :         110 :                     path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    3656                 :             :                                                                  grouped_rel,
    3657                 :             :                                                                  path,
    3658                 :             :                                                                  group_pathkeys,
    3659                 :             :                                                                  presorted_keys,
    3660                 :             :                                                                  -1.0);
    3661                 :             :             }
    3662                 :             : 
    3663                 :             :             /*
    3664                 :             :              * qual is NIL because the HAVING clause cannot be evaluated until
    3665                 :             :              * the final value of the aggregate is known.
    3666                 :             :              */
    3667                 :         995 :             path = (Path *) create_agg_path(root,
    3668                 :             :                                             grouped_rel,
    3669                 :             :                                             path,
    3670                 :         995 :                                             agg_info->target,
    3671                 :             :                                             AGG_SORTED,
    3672                 :             :                                             AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
    3673                 :             :                                             agg_info->group_clauses,
    3674                 :             :                                             NIL,
    3675                 :             :                                             &agg_costs,
    3676                 :             :                                             dNumGroups);
    3677                 :             : 
    3678                 :         995 :             add_path(grouped_rel, path);
    3679                 :             :         }
    3680                 :             :     }
    3681                 :             : 
    3682   [ +  -  +  + ]:         737 :     if (can_sort && cheapest_partial_path != NULL)
    3683                 :             :     {
    3684                 :             :         ListCell   *lc;
    3685                 :             : 
    3686                 :             :         /* Similar to above logic, but for partial paths. */
    3687   [ +  -  +  +  :        1394 :         foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
                   +  + ]
    3688                 :             :         {
    3689                 :         784 :             Path       *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    3690                 :             :             Path       *path;
    3691                 :             :             bool        is_sorted;
    3692                 :             :             int         presorted_keys;
    3693                 :             : 
    3694                 :         784 :             is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(group_pathkeys,
    3695                 :             :                                                     input_path->pathkeys,
    3696                 :             :                                                     &presorted_keys);
    3697                 :             : 
    3698                 :             :             /*
    3699                 :             :              * Ignore paths that are not suitably or partially sorted, unless
    3700                 :             :              * they are the cheapest partial path (no need to deal with paths
    3701                 :             :              * which have presorted keys when incremental sort is disabled).
    3702                 :             :              */
    3703   [ +  +  +  + ]:         784 :             if (!is_sorted && input_path != cheapest_partial_path &&
    3704   [ +  -  -  + ]:          70 :                 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
    3705                 :           0 :                 continue;
    3706                 :             : 
    3707                 :             :             /*
    3708                 :             :              * Since the path originates from a non-grouped relation that is
    3709                 :             :              * not aware of eager aggregation, we must ensure that it provides
    3710                 :             :              * the correct input for partial aggregation.
    3711                 :             :              */
    3712                 :         784 :             path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
    3713                 :             :                                                    grouped_rel,
    3714                 :             :                                                    input_path,
    3715                 :         784 :                                                    agg_info->agg_input);
    3716                 :             : 
    3717         [ +  + ]:         784 :             if (!is_sorted)
    3718                 :             :             {
    3719                 :             :                 /*
    3720                 :             :                  * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
    3721                 :             :                  * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
    3722                 :             :                  * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
    3723                 :             :                  */
    3724   [ +  +  -  + ]:         680 :                 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    3725                 :         610 :                     path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
    3726                 :             :                                                      grouped_rel,
    3727                 :             :                                                      path,
    3728                 :             :                                                      group_pathkeys,
    3729                 :             :                                                      -1.0);
    3730                 :             :                 else
    3731                 :          70 :                     path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    3732                 :             :                                                                  grouped_rel,
    3733                 :             :                                                                  path,
    3734                 :             :                                                                  group_pathkeys,
    3735                 :             :                                                                  presorted_keys,
    3736                 :             :                                                                  -1.0);
    3737                 :             :             }
    3738                 :             : 
    3739                 :             :             /*
    3740                 :             :              * qual is NIL because the HAVING clause cannot be evaluated until
    3741                 :             :              * the final value of the aggregate is known.
    3742                 :             :              */
    3743                 :         784 :             path = (Path *) create_agg_path(root,
    3744                 :             :                                             grouped_rel,
    3745                 :             :                                             path,
    3746                 :         784 :                                             agg_info->target,
    3747                 :             :                                             AGG_SORTED,
    3748                 :             :                                             AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
    3749                 :             :                                             agg_info->group_clauses,
    3750                 :             :                                             NIL,
    3751                 :             :                                             &agg_costs,
    3752                 :             :                                             dNumPartialGroups);
    3753                 :             : 
    3754                 :         784 :             add_partial_path(grouped_rel, path);
    3755                 :             :         }
    3756                 :             :     }
    3757                 :             : 
    3758                 :             :     /*
    3759                 :             :      * Add a partially-grouped HashAgg Path where possible
    3760                 :             :      */
    3761   [ +  -  +  - ]:         737 :     if (can_hash && cheapest_total_path != NULL)
    3762                 :             :     {
    3763                 :             :         Path       *path;
    3764                 :             : 
    3765                 :             :         /*
    3766                 :             :          * Since the path originates from a non-grouped relation that is not
    3767                 :             :          * aware of eager aggregation, we must ensure that it provides the
    3768                 :             :          * correct input for partial aggregation.
    3769                 :             :          */
    3770                 :         737 :         path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
    3771                 :             :                                                grouped_rel,
    3772                 :             :                                                cheapest_total_path,
    3773                 :         737 :                                                agg_info->agg_input);
    3774                 :             : 
    3775                 :             :         /*
    3776                 :             :          * qual is NIL because the HAVING clause cannot be evaluated until the
    3777                 :             :          * final value of the aggregate is known.
    3778                 :             :          */
    3779                 :         737 :         path = (Path *) create_agg_path(root,
    3780                 :             :                                         grouped_rel,
    3781                 :             :                                         path,
    3782                 :         737 :                                         agg_info->target,
    3783                 :             :                                         AGG_HASHED,
    3784                 :             :                                         AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
    3785                 :             :                                         agg_info->group_clauses,
    3786                 :             :                                         NIL,
    3787                 :             :                                         &agg_costs,
    3788                 :             :                                         dNumGroups);
    3789                 :             : 
    3790                 :         737 :         add_path(grouped_rel, path);
    3791                 :             :     }
    3792                 :             : 
    3793                 :             :     /*
    3794                 :             :      * Now add a partially-grouped HashAgg partial Path where possible
    3795                 :             :      */
    3796   [ +  -  +  + ]:         737 :     if (can_hash && cheapest_partial_path != NULL)
    3797                 :             :     {
    3798                 :             :         Path       *path;
    3799                 :             : 
    3800                 :             :         /*
    3801                 :             :          * Since the path originates from a non-grouped relation that is not
    3802                 :             :          * aware of eager aggregation, we must ensure that it provides the
    3803                 :             :          * correct input for partial aggregation.
    3804                 :             :          */
    3805                 :         610 :         path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
    3806                 :             :                                                grouped_rel,
    3807                 :             :                                                cheapest_partial_path,
    3808                 :         610 :                                                agg_info->agg_input);
    3809                 :             : 
    3810                 :             :         /*
    3811                 :             :          * qual is NIL because the HAVING clause cannot be evaluated until the
    3812                 :             :          * final value of the aggregate is known.
    3813                 :             :          */
    3814                 :         610 :         path = (Path *) create_agg_path(root,
    3815                 :             :                                         grouped_rel,
    3816                 :             :                                         path,
    3817                 :         610 :                                         agg_info->target,
    3818                 :             :                                         AGG_HASHED,
    3819                 :             :                                         AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
    3820                 :             :                                         agg_info->group_clauses,
    3821                 :             :                                         NIL,
    3822                 :             :                                         &agg_costs,
    3823                 :             :                                         dNumPartialGroups);
    3824                 :             : 
    3825                 :         610 :         add_partial_path(grouped_rel, path);
    3826                 :             :     }
    3827                 :             : }
    3828                 :             : 
    3829                 :             : /*
    3830                 :             :  * make_rel_from_joinlist
    3831                 :             :  *    Build access paths using a "joinlist" to guide the join path search.
    3832                 :             :  *
    3833                 :             :  * See comments for deconstruct_jointree() for definition of the joinlist
    3834                 :             :  * data structure.
    3835                 :             :  */
    3836                 :             : static RelOptInfo *
    3837                 :      248238 : make_rel_from_joinlist(PlannerInfo *root, List *joinlist)
    3838                 :             : {
    3839                 :             :     int         levels_needed;
    3840                 :             :     List       *initial_rels;
    3841                 :             :     ListCell   *jl;
    3842                 :             : 
    3843                 :             :     /*
    3844                 :             :      * Count the number of child joinlist nodes.  This is the depth of the
    3845                 :             :      * dynamic-programming algorithm we must employ to consider all ways of
    3846                 :             :      * joining the child nodes.
    3847                 :             :      */
    3848                 :      248238 :     levels_needed = list_length(joinlist);
    3849                 :             : 
    3850         [ -  + ]:      248238 :     if (levels_needed <= 0)
    3851                 :           0 :         return NULL;            /* nothing to do? */
    3852                 :             : 
    3853                 :             :     /*
    3854                 :             :      * Construct a list of rels corresponding to the child joinlist nodes.
    3855                 :             :      * This may contain both base rels and rels constructed according to
    3856                 :             :      * sub-joinlists.
    3857                 :             :      */
    3858                 :      248238 :     initial_rels = NIL;
    3859   [ +  -  +  +  :      604526 :     foreach(jl, joinlist)
                   +  + ]
    3860                 :             :     {
    3861                 :      356288 :         Node       *jlnode = (Node *) lfirst(jl);
    3862                 :             :         RelOptInfo *thisrel;
    3863                 :             : 
    3864         [ +  + ]:      356288 :         if (IsA(jlnode, RangeTblRef))
    3865                 :             :         {
    3866                 :      353480 :             int         varno = ((RangeTblRef *) jlnode)->rtindex;
    3867                 :             : 
    3868                 :      353480 :             thisrel = find_base_rel(root, varno);
    3869                 :             :         }
    3870         [ +  - ]:        2808 :         else if (IsA(jlnode, List))
    3871                 :             :         {
    3872                 :             :             /* Recurse to handle subproblem */
    3873                 :        2808 :             thisrel = make_rel_from_joinlist(root, (List *) jlnode);
    3874                 :             :         }
    3875                 :             :         else
    3876                 :             :         {
    3877         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "unrecognized joinlist node type: %d",
    3878                 :             :                  (int) nodeTag(jlnode));
    3879                 :             :             thisrel = NULL;     /* keep compiler quiet */
    3880                 :             :         }
    3881                 :             : 
    3882                 :      356288 :         initial_rels = lappend(initial_rels, thisrel);
    3883                 :             :     }
    3884                 :             : 
    3885         [ +  + ]:      248238 :     if (levels_needed == 1)
    3886                 :             :     {
    3887                 :             :         /*
    3888                 :             :          * Single joinlist node, so we're done.
    3889                 :             :          */
    3890                 :      170441 :         return (RelOptInfo *) linitial(initial_rels);
    3891                 :             :     }
    3892                 :             :     else
    3893                 :             :     {
    3894                 :             :         /*
    3895                 :             :          * Consider the different orders in which we could join the rels,
    3896                 :             :          * using a plugin, GEQO, or the regular join search code.
    3897                 :             :          *
    3898                 :             :          * We put the initial_rels list into a PlannerInfo field because
    3899                 :             :          * has_legal_joinclause() needs to look at it (ugly :-().
    3900                 :             :          */
    3901                 :       77797 :         root->initial_rels = initial_rels;
    3902                 :             : 
    3903         [ -  + ]:       77797 :         if (join_search_hook)
    3904                 :           0 :             return (*join_search_hook) (root, levels_needed, initial_rels);
    3905   [ +  -  +  + ]:       77797 :         else if (enable_geqo && levels_needed >= geqo_threshold)
    3906                 :          35 :             return geqo(root, levels_needed, initial_rels);
    3907                 :             :         else
    3908                 :       77762 :             return standard_join_search(root, levels_needed, initial_rels);
    3909                 :             :     }
    3910                 :             : }
    3911                 :             : 
    3912                 :             : /*
    3913                 :             :  * standard_join_search
    3914                 :             :  *    Find possible joinpaths for a query by successively finding ways
    3915                 :             :  *    to join component relations into join relations.
    3916                 :             :  *
    3917                 :             :  * 'levels_needed' is the number of iterations needed, ie, the number of
    3918                 :             :  *      independent jointree items in the query.  This is > 1.
    3919                 :             :  *
    3920                 :             :  * 'initial_rels' is a list of RelOptInfo nodes for each independent
    3921                 :             :  *      jointree item.  These are the components to be joined together.
    3922                 :             :  *      Note that levels_needed == list_length(initial_rels).
    3923                 :             :  *
    3924                 :             :  * Returns the final level of join relations, i.e., the relation that is
    3925                 :             :  * the result of joining all the original relations together.
    3926                 :             :  * At least one implementation path must be provided for this relation and
    3927                 :             :  * all required sub-relations.
    3928                 :             :  *
    3929                 :             :  * To support loadable plugins that modify planner behavior by changing the
    3930                 :             :  * join searching algorithm, we provide a hook variable that lets a plugin
    3931                 :             :  * replace or supplement this function.  Any such hook must return the same
    3932                 :             :  * final join relation as the standard code would, but it might have a
    3933                 :             :  * different set of implementation paths attached, and only the sub-joinrels
    3934                 :             :  * needed for these paths need have been instantiated.
    3935                 :             :  *
    3936                 :             :  * Note to plugin authors: the functions invoked during standard_join_search()
    3937                 :             :  * modify root->join_rel_list and root->join_rel_hash.  If you want to do more
    3938                 :             :  * than one join-order search, you'll probably need to save and restore the
    3939                 :             :  * original states of those data structures.  See geqo_eval() for an example.
    3940                 :             :  */
    3941                 :             : RelOptInfo *
    3942                 :       77762 : standard_join_search(PlannerInfo *root, int levels_needed, List *initial_rels)
    3943                 :             : {
    3944                 :             :     int         lev;
    3945                 :             :     RelOptInfo *rel;
    3946                 :             : 
    3947                 :             :     /*
    3948                 :             :      * This function cannot be invoked recursively within any one planning
    3949                 :             :      * problem, so join_rel_level[] can't be in use already.
    3950                 :             :      */
    3951                 :             :     Assert(root->join_rel_level == NULL);
    3952                 :             : 
    3953                 :             :     /*
    3954                 :             :      * We employ a simple "dynamic programming" algorithm: we first find all
    3955                 :             :      * ways to build joins of two jointree items, then all ways to build joins
    3956                 :             :      * of three items (from two-item joins and single items), then four-item
    3957                 :             :      * joins, and so on until we have considered all ways to join all the
    3958                 :             :      * items into one rel.
    3959                 :             :      *
    3960                 :             :      * root->join_rel_level[j] is a list of all the j-item rels.  Initially we
    3961                 :             :      * set root->join_rel_level[1] to represent all the single-jointree-item
    3962                 :             :      * relations.
    3963                 :             :      */
    3964                 :       77762 :     root->join_rel_level = palloc0_array(List *, levels_needed + 1);
    3965                 :             : 
    3966                 :       77762 :     root->join_rel_level[1] = initial_rels;
    3967                 :             : 
    3968         [ +  + ]:      185762 :     for (lev = 2; lev <= levels_needed; lev++)
    3969                 :             :     {
    3970                 :             :         ListCell   *lc;
    3971                 :             : 
    3972                 :             :         /*
    3973                 :             :          * Determine all possible pairs of relations to be joined at this
    3974                 :             :          * level, and build paths for making each one from every available
    3975                 :             :          * pair of lower-level relations.
    3976                 :             :          */
    3977                 :      108000 :         join_search_one_level(root, lev);
    3978                 :             : 
    3979                 :             :         /*
    3980                 :             :          * Run generate_partitionwise_join_paths() and
    3981                 :             :          * generate_useful_gather_paths() for each just-processed joinrel.  We
    3982                 :             :          * could not do this earlier because both regular and partial paths
    3983                 :             :          * can get added to a particular joinrel at multiple times within
    3984                 :             :          * join_search_one_level.
    3985                 :             :          *
    3986                 :             :          * After that, we're done creating paths for the joinrel, so run
    3987                 :             :          * set_cheapest().
    3988                 :             :          *
    3989                 :             :          * In addition, we also run generate_grouped_paths() for the grouped
    3990                 :             :          * relation of each just-processed joinrel, and run set_cheapest() for
    3991                 :             :          * the grouped relation afterwards.
    3992                 :             :          */
    3993   [ +  +  +  +  :      274298 :         foreach(lc, root->join_rel_level[lev])
                   +  + ]
    3994                 :             :         {
    3995                 :             :             bool        is_top_rel;
    3996                 :             : 
    3997                 :      166298 :             rel = (RelOptInfo *) lfirst(lc);
    3998                 :             : 
    3999                 :      166298 :             is_top_rel = bms_equal(rel->relids, root->all_query_rels);
    4000                 :             : 
    4001                 :             :             /* Create paths for partitionwise joins. */
    4002                 :      166298 :             generate_partitionwise_join_paths(root, rel);
    4003                 :             : 
    4004                 :             :             /*
    4005                 :             :              * Except for the topmost scan/join rel, consider gathering
    4006                 :             :              * partial paths.  We'll do the same for the topmost scan/join rel
    4007                 :             :              * once we know the final targetlist (see grouping_planner's and
    4008                 :             :              * its call to apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths).
    4009                 :             :              */
    4010         [ +  + ]:      166298 :             if (!is_top_rel)
    4011                 :       88965 :                 generate_useful_gather_paths(root, rel, false);
    4012                 :             : 
    4013                 :             :             /* Find and save the cheapest paths for this rel */
    4014                 :      166298 :             set_cheapest(rel);
    4015                 :             : 
    4016                 :             :             /*
    4017                 :             :              * Except for the topmost scan/join rel, consider generating
    4018                 :             :              * partial aggregation paths for the grouped relation on top of
    4019                 :             :              * the paths of this rel.  After that, we're done creating paths
    4020                 :             :              * for the grouped relation, so run set_cheapest().
    4021                 :             :              */
    4022   [ +  +  +  + ]:      166298 :             if (rel->grouped_rel != NULL && !is_top_rel)
    4023                 :             :             {
    4024                 :          60 :                 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel = rel->grouped_rel;
    4025                 :             : 
    4026                 :             :                 Assert(IS_GROUPED_REL(grouped_rel));
    4027                 :             : 
    4028                 :          60 :                 generate_grouped_paths(root, grouped_rel, rel);
    4029                 :          60 :                 set_cheapest(grouped_rel);
    4030                 :             :             }
    4031                 :             : 
    4032                 :             : #ifdef OPTIMIZER_DEBUG
    4033                 :             :             pprint(rel);
    4034                 :             : #endif
    4035                 :             :         }
    4036                 :             :     }
    4037                 :             : 
    4038                 :             :     /*
    4039                 :             :      * We should have a single rel at the final level.
    4040                 :             :      */
    4041         [ -  + ]:       77762 :     if (root->join_rel_level[levels_needed] == NIL)
    4042         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "failed to build any %d-way joins", levels_needed);
    4043                 :             :     Assert(list_length(root->join_rel_level[levels_needed]) == 1);
    4044                 :             : 
    4045                 :       77762 :     rel = (RelOptInfo *) linitial(root->join_rel_level[levels_needed]);
    4046                 :             : 
    4047                 :       77762 :     root->join_rel_level = NULL;
    4048                 :             : 
    4049                 :       77762 :     return rel;
    4050                 :             : }
    4051                 :             : 
    4052                 :             : /*****************************************************************************
    4053                 :             :  *          PUSHING QUALS DOWN INTO SUBQUERIES
    4054                 :             :  *****************************************************************************/
    4055                 :             : 
    4056                 :             : /*
    4057                 :             :  * subquery_is_pushdown_safe - is a subquery safe for pushing down quals?
    4058                 :             :  *
    4059                 :             :  * subquery is the particular component query being checked.  topquery
    4060                 :             :  * is the top component of a set-operations tree (the same Query if no
    4061                 :             :  * set-op is involved).
    4062                 :             :  *
    4063                 :             :  * Conditions checked here:
    4064                 :             :  *
    4065                 :             :  * 1. If the subquery has a LIMIT clause, we must not push down any quals,
    4066                 :             :  * since that could change the set of rows returned.
    4067                 :             :  *
    4068                 :             :  * 2. If the subquery contains EXCEPT or EXCEPT ALL set ops we cannot push
    4069                 :             :  * quals into it, because that could change the results.
    4070                 :             :  *
    4071                 :             :  * 3. If the subquery uses DISTINCT, we cannot push volatile quals into it.
    4072                 :             :  * This is because upper-level quals should semantically be evaluated only
    4073                 :             :  * once per distinct row, not once per original row, and if the qual is
    4074                 :             :  * volatile then extra evaluations could change the results.  (This issue
    4075                 :             :  * does not apply to other forms of aggregation such as GROUP BY, because
    4076                 :             :  * when those are present we push into HAVING not WHERE, so that the quals
    4077                 :             :  * are still applied after aggregation.)
    4078                 :             :  *
    4079                 :             :  * 4. If the subquery contains window functions, we cannot push volatile quals
    4080                 :             :  * into it.  The issue here is a bit different from DISTINCT: a volatile qual
    4081                 :             :  * might succeed for some rows of a window partition and fail for others,
    4082                 :             :  * thereby changing the partition contents and thus the window functions'
    4083                 :             :  * results for rows that remain.
    4084                 :             :  *
    4085                 :             :  * 5. If the subquery contains any set-returning functions in its targetlist,
    4086                 :             :  * we cannot push volatile quals into it.  That would push them below the SRFs
    4087                 :             :  * and thereby change the number of times they are evaluated.  Also, a
    4088                 :             :  * volatile qual could succeed for some SRF output rows and fail for others,
    4089                 :             :  * a behavior that cannot occur if it's evaluated before SRF expansion.
    4090                 :             :  *
    4091                 :             :  * 6. If the subquery has nonempty grouping sets, we cannot push down any
    4092                 :             :  * quals.  The concern here is that a qual referencing a "constant" grouping
    4093                 :             :  * column could get constant-folded, which would be improper because the value
    4094                 :             :  * is potentially nullable by grouping-set expansion.  This restriction could
    4095                 :             :  * be removed if we had a parsetree representation that shows that such
    4096                 :             :  * grouping columns are not really constant.  (There are other ideas that
    4097                 :             :  * could be used to relax this restriction, but that's the approach most
    4098                 :             :  * likely to get taken in the future.  Note that there's not much to be gained
    4099                 :             :  * so long as subquery_planner can't move HAVING clauses to WHERE within such
    4100                 :             :  * a subquery.)
    4101                 :             :  *
    4102                 :             :  * In addition, we make several checks on the subquery's output columns to see
    4103                 :             :  * if it is safe to reference them in pushed-down quals.  If output column k
    4104                 :             :  * is found to be unsafe to reference, we set the reason for that inside
    4105                 :             :  * safetyInfo->unsafeFlags[k], but we don't reject the subquery overall since
    4106                 :             :  * column k might not be referenced by some/all quals.  The unsafeFlags[]
    4107                 :             :  * array will be consulted later by qual_is_pushdown_safe().  It's better to
    4108                 :             :  * do it this way than to make the checks directly in qual_is_pushdown_safe(),
    4109                 :             :  * because when the subquery involves set operations we have to check the
    4110                 :             :  * output expressions in each arm of the set op.
    4111                 :             :  *
    4112                 :             :  * Note: pushing quals into a DISTINCT subquery is theoretically dubious:
    4113                 :             :  * we're effectively assuming that the quals cannot distinguish values that
    4114                 :             :  * the DISTINCT's equality operator sees as equal, yet there are many
    4115                 :             :  * counterexamples to that assumption.  However use of such a qual with a
    4116                 :             :  * DISTINCT subquery would be unsafe anyway, since there's no guarantee which
    4117                 :             :  * "equal" value will be chosen as the output value by the DISTINCT operation.
    4118                 :             :  * So we don't worry too much about that.  Another objection is that if the
    4119                 :             :  * qual is expensive to evaluate, running it for each original row might cost
    4120                 :             :  * more than we save by eliminating rows before the DISTINCT step.  But it
    4121                 :             :  * would be very hard to estimate that at this stage, and in practice pushdown
    4122                 :             :  * seldom seems to make things worse, so we ignore that problem too.
    4123                 :             :  *
    4124                 :             :  * Note: likewise, pushing quals into a subquery with window functions is a
    4125                 :             :  * bit dubious: the quals might remove some rows of a window partition while
    4126                 :             :  * leaving others, causing changes in the window functions' results for the
    4127                 :             :  * surviving rows.  We insist that such a qual reference only partitioning
    4128                 :             :  * columns, but again that only protects us if the qual does not distinguish
    4129                 :             :  * values that the partitioning equality operator sees as equal.  The risks
    4130                 :             :  * here are perhaps larger than for DISTINCT, since no de-duplication of rows
    4131                 :             :  * occurs and thus there is no theoretical problem with such a qual.  But
    4132                 :             :  * we'll do this anyway because the potential performance benefits are very
    4133                 :             :  * large, and we've seen no field complaints about the longstanding comparable
    4134                 :             :  * behavior with DISTINCT.
    4135                 :             :  */
    4136                 :             : static bool
    4137                 :        3022 : subquery_is_pushdown_safe(Query *subquery, Query *topquery,
    4138                 :             :                           pushdown_safety_info *safetyInfo)
    4139                 :             : {
    4140                 :             :     SetOperationStmt *topop;
    4141                 :             : 
    4142                 :             :     /* Check point 1 */
    4143   [ +  +  +  + ]:        3022 :     if (subquery->limitOffset != NULL || subquery->limitCount != NULL)
    4144                 :         131 :         return false;
    4145                 :             : 
    4146                 :             :     /* Check point 6 */
    4147   [ +  +  +  + ]:        2891 :     if (subquery->groupClause && subquery->groupingSets)
    4148                 :          10 :         return false;
    4149                 :             : 
    4150                 :             :     /* Check points 3, 4, and 5 */
    4151         [ +  + ]:        2881 :     if (subquery->distinctClause ||
    4152         [ +  + ]:        2731 :         subquery->hasWindowFuncs ||
    4153         [ +  + ]:        2421 :         subquery->hasTargetSRFs)
    4154                 :         882 :         safetyInfo->unsafeVolatile = true;
    4155                 :             : 
    4156                 :             :     /*
    4157                 :             :      * If we're at a leaf query, check for unsafe expressions in its target
    4158                 :             :      * list, and mark any reasons why they're unsafe in unsafeFlags[].
    4159                 :             :      * (Non-leaf nodes in setop trees have only simple Vars in their tlists,
    4160                 :             :      * so no need to check them.)
    4161                 :             :      */
    4162         [ +  + ]:        2881 :     if (subquery->setOperations == NULL)
    4163                 :        2683 :         check_output_expressions(subquery, safetyInfo);
    4164                 :             : 
    4165                 :             :     /* Are we at top level, or looking at a setop component? */
    4166         [ +  + ]:        2881 :     if (subquery == topquery)
    4167                 :             :     {
    4168                 :             :         /* Top level, so check any component queries */
    4169         [ +  + ]:        2475 :         if (subquery->setOperations != NULL)
    4170         [ -  + ]:         198 :             if (!recurse_pushdown_safe(subquery->setOperations, topquery,
    4171                 :             :                                        safetyInfo))
    4172                 :           0 :                 return false;
    4173                 :             :     }
    4174                 :             :     else
    4175                 :             :     {
    4176                 :             :         /* Setop component must not have more components (too weird) */
    4177         [ -  + ]:         406 :         if (subquery->setOperations != NULL)
    4178                 :           0 :             return false;
    4179                 :             :         /* Check whether setop component output types match top level */
    4180                 :         406 :         topop = castNode(SetOperationStmt, topquery->setOperations);
    4181                 :             :         Assert(topop);
    4182                 :         406 :         compare_tlist_datatypes(subquery->targetList,
    4183                 :             :                                 topop->colTypes,
    4184                 :             :                                 safetyInfo);
    4185                 :             :     }
    4186                 :        2881 :     return true;
    4187                 :             : }
    4188                 :             : 
    4189                 :             : /*
    4190                 :             :  * Helper routine to recurse through setOperations tree
    4191                 :             :  */
    4192                 :             : static bool
    4193                 :         614 : recurse_pushdown_safe(Node *setOp, Query *topquery,
    4194                 :             :                       pushdown_safety_info *safetyInfo)
    4195                 :             : {
    4196         [ +  + ]:         614 :     if (IsA(setOp, RangeTblRef))
    4197                 :             :     {
    4198                 :         406 :         RangeTblRef *rtr = (RangeTblRef *) setOp;
    4199                 :         406 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = rt_fetch(rtr->rtindex, topquery->rtable);
    4200                 :         406 :         Query      *subquery = rte->subquery;
    4201                 :             : 
    4202                 :             :         Assert(subquery != NULL);
    4203                 :         406 :         return subquery_is_pushdown_safe(subquery, topquery, safetyInfo);
    4204                 :             :     }
    4205         [ +  - ]:         208 :     else if (IsA(setOp, SetOperationStmt))
    4206                 :             :     {
    4207                 :         208 :         SetOperationStmt *op = (SetOperationStmt *) setOp;
    4208                 :             : 
    4209                 :             :         /* EXCEPT is no good (point 2 for subquery_is_pushdown_safe) */
    4210         [ -  + ]:         208 :         if (op->op == SETOP_EXCEPT)
    4211                 :           0 :             return false;
    4212                 :             :         /* Else recurse */
    4213         [ -  + ]:         208 :         if (!recurse_pushdown_safe(op->larg, topquery, safetyInfo))
    4214                 :           0 :             return false;
    4215         [ -  + ]:         208 :         if (!recurse_pushdown_safe(op->rarg, topquery, safetyInfo))
    4216                 :           0 :             return false;
    4217                 :             :     }
    4218                 :             :     else
    4219                 :             :     {
    4220         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d",
    4221                 :             :              (int) nodeTag(setOp));
    4222                 :             :     }
    4223                 :         208 :     return true;
    4224                 :             : }
    4225                 :             : 
    4226                 :             : /*
    4227                 :             :  * check_output_expressions - check subquery's output expressions for safety
    4228                 :             :  *
    4229                 :             :  * There are several cases in which it's unsafe to push down an upper-level
    4230                 :             :  * qual if it references a particular output column of a subquery.  We check
    4231                 :             :  * each output column of the subquery and set flags in unsafeFlags[k] when we
    4232                 :             :  * see that column is unsafe for a pushed-down qual to reference.  The
    4233                 :             :  * conditions checked here are:
    4234                 :             :  *
    4235                 :             :  * 1. We must not push down any quals that refer to subselect outputs that
    4236                 :             :  * return sets, else we'd introduce functions-returning-sets into the
    4237                 :             :  * subquery's WHERE/HAVING quals.
    4238                 :             :  *
    4239                 :             :  * 2. We must not push down any quals that refer to subselect outputs that
    4240                 :             :  * contain volatile functions, for fear of introducing strange results due
    4241                 :             :  * to multiple evaluation of a volatile function.
    4242                 :             :  *
    4243                 :             :  * 3. If the subquery uses DISTINCT ON, we must not push down any quals that
    4244                 :             :  * refer to non-DISTINCT output columns, because that could change the set
    4245                 :             :  * of rows returned.  (This condition is vacuous for DISTINCT, because then
    4246                 :             :  * there are no non-DISTINCT output columns, so we needn't check.  Note that
    4247                 :             :  * subquery_is_pushdown_safe already reported that we can't use volatile
    4248                 :             :  * quals if there's DISTINCT or DISTINCT ON.)
    4249                 :             :  *
    4250                 :             :  * 4. If the subquery has any window functions, we must not push down quals
    4251                 :             :  * that reference any output columns that are not listed in all the subquery's
    4252                 :             :  * window PARTITION BY clauses.  We can push down quals that use only
    4253                 :             :  * partitioning columns because they should succeed or fail identically for
    4254                 :             :  * every row of any one window partition, and totally excluding some
    4255                 :             :  * partitions will not change a window function's results for remaining
    4256                 :             :  * partitions.  (Again, this also requires nonvolatile quals, but
    4257                 :             :  * subquery_is_pushdown_safe handles that.).  Subquery columns marked as
    4258                 :             :  * unsafe for this reason can still have WindowClause run conditions pushed
    4259                 :             :  * down.
    4260                 :             :  */
    4261                 :             : static void
    4262                 :        2683 : check_output_expressions(Query *subquery, pushdown_safety_info *safetyInfo)
    4263                 :             : {
    4264                 :        2683 :     List       *flattened_targetList = subquery->targetList;
    4265                 :             :     ListCell   *lc;
    4266                 :             : 
    4267                 :             :     /*
    4268                 :             :      * We must be careful with grouping Vars and join alias Vars in the
    4269                 :             :      * subquery's outputs, as they hide the underlying expressions.
    4270                 :             :      *
    4271                 :             :      * We need to expand grouping Vars to their underlying expressions (the
    4272                 :             :      * grouping clauses) because the grouping expressions themselves might be
    4273                 :             :      * volatile or set-returning.  However, we do not need to expand join
    4274                 :             :      * alias Vars, as their underlying structure does not introduce volatile
    4275                 :             :      * or set-returning functions at the current level.
    4276                 :             :      *
    4277                 :             :      * In neither case do we need to recursively examine the Vars contained in
    4278                 :             :      * these underlying expressions.  Even if they reference outputs from
    4279                 :             :      * lower-level subqueries (at any depth), those references are guaranteed
    4280                 :             :      * not to expand to volatile or set-returning functions, because
    4281                 :             :      * subqueries containing such functions in their targetlists are never
    4282                 :             :      * pulled up.
    4283                 :             :      */
    4284         [ +  + ]:        2683 :     if (subquery->hasGroupRTE)
    4285                 :             :     {
    4286                 :             :         /*
    4287                 :             :          * We can safely pass NULL for the root here.  This function uses the
    4288                 :             :          * expanded expressions solely to check for volatile or set-returning
    4289                 :             :          * functions, which is independent of the Vars' nullingrels.
    4290                 :             :          */
    4291                 :             :         flattened_targetList = (List *)
    4292                 :         262 :             flatten_group_exprs(NULL, subquery, (Node *) subquery->targetList);
    4293                 :             :     }
    4294                 :             : 
    4295   [ +  -  +  +  :       29615 :     foreach(lc, flattened_targetList)
                   +  + ]
    4296                 :             :     {
    4297                 :       26932 :         TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(lc);
    4298                 :             : 
    4299         [ +  + ]:       26932 :         if (tle->resjunk)
    4300                 :         105 :             continue;           /* ignore resjunk columns */
    4301                 :             : 
    4302                 :             :         /* Functions returning sets are unsafe (point 1) */
    4303         [ +  + ]:       26827 :         if (subquery->hasTargetSRFs &&
    4304         [ +  - ]:        1179 :             (safetyInfo->unsafeFlags[tle->resno] &
    4305         [ +  + ]:        1179 :              UNSAFE_HAS_SET_FUNC) == 0 &&
    4306                 :        1179 :             expression_returns_set((Node *) tle->expr))
    4307                 :             :         {
    4308                 :         852 :             safetyInfo->unsafeFlags[tle->resno] |= UNSAFE_HAS_SET_FUNC;
    4309                 :         852 :             continue;
    4310                 :             :         }
    4311                 :             : 
    4312                 :             :         /* Volatile functions are unsafe (point 2) */
    4313         [ +  + ]:       25975 :         if ((safetyInfo->unsafeFlags[tle->resno] &
    4314         [ +  + ]:       25965 :              UNSAFE_HAS_VOLATILE_FUNC) == 0 &&
    4315                 :       25965 :             contain_volatile_functions((Node *) tle->expr))
    4316                 :             :         {
    4317                 :          75 :             safetyInfo->unsafeFlags[tle->resno] |= UNSAFE_HAS_VOLATILE_FUNC;
    4318                 :          75 :             continue;
    4319                 :             :         }
    4320                 :             : 
    4321                 :             :         /* If subquery uses DISTINCT ON, check point 3 */
    4322         [ +  + ]:       25900 :         if (subquery->hasDistinctOn &&
    4323         [ +  - ]:          80 :             (safetyInfo->unsafeFlags[tle->resno] &
    4324                 :         120 :              UNSAFE_NOTIN_DISTINCTON_CLAUSE) == 0 &&
    4325         [ +  + ]:          80 :             !targetIsInSortList(tle, InvalidOid, subquery->distinctClause))
    4326                 :             :         {
    4327                 :             :             /* non-DISTINCT column, so mark it unsafe */
    4328                 :          40 :             safetyInfo->unsafeFlags[tle->resno] |= UNSAFE_NOTIN_DISTINCTON_CLAUSE;
    4329                 :          40 :             continue;
    4330                 :             :         }
    4331                 :             : 
    4332                 :             :         /* If subquery uses window functions, check point 4 */
    4333         [ +  + ]:       25860 :         if (subquery->hasWindowFuncs &&
    4334         [ +  - ]:        1150 :             (safetyInfo->unsafeFlags[tle->resno] &
    4335                 :        2200 :              UNSAFE_NOTIN_PARTITIONBY_CLAUSE) == 0 &&
    4336         [ +  + ]:        1150 :             !targetIsInAllPartitionLists(tle, subquery))
    4337                 :             :         {
    4338                 :             :             /* not present in all PARTITION BY clauses, so mark it unsafe */
    4339                 :        1050 :             safetyInfo->unsafeFlags[tle->resno] |= UNSAFE_NOTIN_PARTITIONBY_CLAUSE;
    4340                 :        1050 :             continue;
    4341                 :             :         }
    4342                 :             :     }
    4343                 :        2683 : }
    4344                 :             : 
    4345                 :             : /*
    4346                 :             :  * For subqueries using UNION/UNION ALL/INTERSECT/INTERSECT ALL, we can
    4347                 :             :  * push quals into each component query, but the quals can only reference
    4348                 :             :  * subquery columns that suffer no type coercions in the set operation.
    4349                 :             :  * Otherwise there are possible semantic gotchas.  So, we check the
    4350                 :             :  * component queries to see if any of them have output types different from
    4351                 :             :  * the top-level setop outputs.  We set the UNSAFE_TYPE_MISMATCH bit in
    4352                 :             :  * unsafeFlags[k] if column k has different type in any component.
    4353                 :             :  *
    4354                 :             :  * We don't have to care about typmods here: the only allowed difference
    4355                 :             :  * between set-op input and output typmods is input is a specific typmod
    4356                 :             :  * and output is -1, and that does not require a coercion.
    4357                 :             :  *
    4358                 :             :  * tlist is a subquery tlist.
    4359                 :             :  * colTypes is an OID list of the top-level setop's output column types.
    4360                 :             :  * safetyInfo is the pushdown_safety_info to set unsafeFlags[] for.
    4361                 :             :  */
    4362                 :             : static void
    4363                 :         406 : compare_tlist_datatypes(List *tlist, List *colTypes,
    4364                 :             :                         pushdown_safety_info *safetyInfo)
    4365                 :             : {
    4366                 :             :     ListCell   *l;
    4367                 :         406 :     ListCell   *colType = list_head(colTypes);
    4368                 :             : 
    4369   [ +  -  +  +  :        1072 :     foreach(l, tlist)
                   +  + ]
    4370                 :             :     {
    4371                 :         666 :         TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(l);
    4372                 :             : 
    4373         [ -  + ]:         666 :         if (tle->resjunk)
    4374                 :           0 :             continue;           /* ignore resjunk columns */
    4375         [ -  + ]:         666 :         if (colType == NULL)
    4376         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "wrong number of tlist entries");
    4377         [ +  + ]:         666 :         if (exprType((Node *) tle->expr) != lfirst_oid(colType))
    4378                 :          76 :             safetyInfo->unsafeFlags[tle->resno] |= UNSAFE_TYPE_MISMATCH;
    4379                 :         666 :         colType = lnext(colTypes, colType);
    4380                 :             :     }
    4381         [ -  + ]:         406 :     if (colType != NULL)
    4382         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "wrong number of tlist entries");
    4383                 :         406 : }
    4384                 :             : 
    4385                 :             : /*
    4386                 :             :  * targetIsInAllPartitionLists
    4387                 :             :  *      True if the TargetEntry is listed in the PARTITION BY clause
    4388                 :             :  *      of every window defined in the query.
    4389                 :             :  *
    4390                 :             :  * It would be safe to ignore windows not actually used by any window
    4391                 :             :  * function, but it's not easy to get that info at this stage; and it's
    4392                 :             :  * unlikely to be useful to spend any extra cycles getting it, since
    4393                 :             :  * unreferenced window definitions are probably infrequent in practice.
    4394                 :             :  */
    4395                 :             : static bool
    4396                 :        1150 : targetIsInAllPartitionLists(TargetEntry *tle, Query *query)
    4397                 :             : {
    4398                 :             :     ListCell   *lc;
    4399                 :             : 
    4400   [ +  -  +  +  :        1270 :     foreach(lc, query->windowClause)
                   +  + ]
    4401                 :             :     {
    4402                 :        1170 :         WindowClause *wc = (WindowClause *) lfirst(lc);
    4403                 :             : 
    4404         [ +  + ]:        1170 :         if (!targetIsInSortList(tle, InvalidOid, wc->partitionClause))
    4405                 :        1050 :             return false;
    4406                 :             :     }
    4407                 :         100 :     return true;
    4408                 :             : }
    4409                 :             : 
    4410                 :             : /*
    4411                 :             :  * qual_is_pushdown_safe - is a particular rinfo safe to push down?
    4412                 :             :  *
    4413                 :             :  * rinfo is a restriction clause applying to the given subquery (whose RTE
    4414                 :             :  * has index rti in the parent query).
    4415                 :             :  *
    4416                 :             :  * Conditions checked here:
    4417                 :             :  *
    4418                 :             :  * 1. rinfo's clause must not contain any SubPlans (mainly because it's
    4419                 :             :  * unclear that it will work correctly: SubLinks will already have been
    4420                 :             :  * transformed into SubPlans in the qual, but not in the subquery).  Note that
    4421                 :             :  * SubLinks that transform to initplans are safe, and will be accepted here
    4422                 :             :  * because what we'll see in the qual is just a Param referencing the initplan
    4423                 :             :  * output.
    4424                 :             :  *
    4425                 :             :  * 2. If unsafeVolatile is set, rinfo's clause must not contain any volatile
    4426                 :             :  * functions.
    4427                 :             :  *
    4428                 :             :  * 3. If unsafeLeaky is set, rinfo's clause must not contain any leaky
    4429                 :             :  * functions that are passed Var nodes, and therefore might reveal values from
    4430                 :             :  * the subquery as side effects.
    4431                 :             :  *
    4432                 :             :  * 4. rinfo's clause must not refer to the whole-row output of the subquery
    4433                 :             :  * (since there is no easy way to name that within the subquery itself).
    4434                 :             :  *
    4435                 :             :  * 5. rinfo's clause must not refer to any subquery output columns that were
    4436                 :             :  * found to be unsafe to reference by subquery_is_pushdown_safe().
    4437                 :             :  *
    4438                 :             :  * 6. If the subquery has a grouping layer (DISTINCT, DISTINCT ON, window
    4439                 :             :  * PARTITION BY, or a set operation that groups rows by equality), rinfo's
    4440                 :             :  * clause must not apply a different equivalence relation to a grouping column
    4441                 :             :  * than the grouping uses; otherwise it would distinguish rows the grouping
    4442                 :             :  * considers equal, and pushing such a clause past the grouping would drop
    4443                 :             :  * members of a group and change which row becomes the group's representative
    4444                 :             :  * (or, for window functions, change per-partition values such as ranks and
    4445                 :             :  * counts).  See expression_has_grouping_conflict for the kinds of conflict
    4446                 :             :  * detected.
    4447                 :             :  */
    4448                 :             : static pushdown_safe_type
    4449                 :        4061 : qual_is_pushdown_safe(Query *subquery, Index rti, RestrictInfo *rinfo,
    4450                 :             :                       pushdown_safety_info *safetyInfo)
    4451                 :             : {
    4452                 :        4061 :     pushdown_safe_type safe = PUSHDOWN_SAFE;
    4453                 :        4061 :     Node       *qual = (Node *) rinfo->clause;
    4454                 :             :     List       *vars;
    4455                 :             :     ListCell   *vl;
    4456                 :             : 
    4457                 :             :     /* Refuse subselects (point 1) */
    4458         [ +  + ]:        4061 :     if (contain_subplans(qual))
    4459                 :          55 :         return PUSHDOWN_UNSAFE;
    4460                 :             : 
    4461                 :             :     /* Refuse volatile quals if we found they'd be unsafe (point 2) */
    4462   [ +  +  +  + ]:        4990 :     if (safetyInfo->unsafeVolatile &&
    4463                 :         984 :         contain_volatile_functions((Node *) rinfo))
    4464                 :          15 :         return PUSHDOWN_UNSAFE;
    4465                 :             : 
    4466                 :             :     /* Refuse leaky quals if told to (point 3) */
    4467   [ +  +  +  + ]:        6193 :     if (safetyInfo->unsafeLeaky &&
    4468                 :        2202 :         contain_leaked_vars(qual))
    4469                 :         135 :         return PUSHDOWN_UNSAFE;
    4470                 :             : 
    4471                 :             :     /*
    4472                 :             :      * Examine all Vars used in clause.  Since it's a restriction clause, all
    4473                 :             :      * such Vars must refer to subselect output columns ... unless this is
    4474                 :             :      * part of a LATERAL subquery, in which case there could be lateral
    4475                 :             :      * references.
    4476                 :             :      *
    4477                 :             :      * By omitting the relevant flags, this also gives us a cheap sanity check
    4478                 :             :      * that no aggregates or window functions appear in the qual.  Those would
    4479                 :             :      * be unsafe to push down, but at least for the moment we could never see
    4480                 :             :      * any in a qual anyhow.
    4481                 :             :      */
    4482                 :        3856 :     vars = pull_var_clause(qual, PVC_INCLUDE_PLACEHOLDERS);
    4483   [ +  +  +  +  :        7350 :     foreach(vl, vars)
                   +  + ]
    4484                 :             :     {
    4485                 :        3946 :         Var        *var = (Var *) lfirst(vl);
    4486                 :             : 
    4487                 :             :         /*
    4488                 :             :          * XXX Punt if we find any PlaceHolderVars in the restriction clause.
    4489                 :             :          * It's not clear whether a PHV could safely be pushed down, and even
    4490                 :             :          * less clear whether such a situation could arise in any cases of
    4491                 :             :          * practical interest anyway.  So for the moment, just refuse to push
    4492                 :             :          * down.
    4493                 :             :          */
    4494         [ -  + ]:        3946 :         if (!IsA(var, Var))
    4495                 :             :         {
    4496                 :           0 :             safe = PUSHDOWN_UNSAFE;
    4497                 :           0 :             break;
    4498                 :             :         }
    4499                 :             : 
    4500                 :             :         /*
    4501                 :             :          * Punt if we find any lateral references.  It would be safe to push
    4502                 :             :          * these down, but we'd have to convert them into outer references,
    4503                 :             :          * which subquery_push_qual lacks the infrastructure to do.  The case
    4504                 :             :          * arises so seldom that it doesn't seem worth working hard on.
    4505                 :             :          */
    4506         [ +  + ]:        3946 :         if (var->varno != rti)
    4507                 :             :         {
    4508                 :          10 :             safe = PUSHDOWN_UNSAFE;
    4509                 :          10 :             break;
    4510                 :             :         }
    4511                 :             : 
    4512                 :             :         /* Subqueries have no system columns */
    4513                 :             :         Assert(var->varattno >= 0);
    4514                 :             : 
    4515                 :             :         /* Check point 4 */
    4516         [ -  + ]:        3936 :         if (var->varattno == 0)
    4517                 :             :         {
    4518                 :           0 :             safe = PUSHDOWN_UNSAFE;
    4519                 :           0 :             break;
    4520                 :             :         }
    4521                 :             : 
    4522                 :             :         /* Check point 5 */
    4523         [ +  + ]:        3936 :         if (safetyInfo->unsafeFlags[var->varattno] != 0)
    4524                 :             :         {
    4525         [ +  + ]:         777 :             if (safetyInfo->unsafeFlags[var->varattno] &
    4526                 :             :                 (UNSAFE_HAS_VOLATILE_FUNC | UNSAFE_HAS_SET_FUNC |
    4527                 :             :                  UNSAFE_NOTIN_DISTINCTON_CLAUSE | UNSAFE_TYPE_MISMATCH))
    4528                 :             :             {
    4529                 :         442 :                 safe = PUSHDOWN_UNSAFE;
    4530                 :         442 :                 break;
    4531                 :             :             }
    4532                 :             :             else
    4533                 :             :             {
    4534                 :             :                 /* UNSAFE_NOTIN_PARTITIONBY_CLAUSE is ok for run conditions */
    4535                 :         335 :                 safe = PUSHDOWN_WINDOWCLAUSE_RUNCOND;
    4536                 :             :                 /* don't break, we might find another Var that's unsafe */
    4537                 :             :             }
    4538                 :             :         }
    4539                 :             :     }
    4540                 :             : 
    4541                 :        3856 :     list_free(vars);
    4542                 :             : 
    4543                 :             :     /* Check point 6 */
    4544         [ +  + ]:        3856 :     if (safe == PUSHDOWN_SAFE &&
    4545         [ +  + ]:        3134 :         (subquery->hasWindowFuncs ||
    4546         [ +  + ]:        3079 :          subquery->distinctClause != NIL ||
    4547   [ +  +  +  + ]:        3102 :          (subquery->setOperations != NULL &&
    4548                 :         168 :           setop_has_grouping(subquery->setOperations))))
    4549                 :             :     {
    4550         [ +  + ]:         297 :         if (expression_has_grouping_conflict(qual, pushdown_var_grouping_eqop,
    4551                 :             :                                              subquery))
    4552                 :         165 :             safe = PUSHDOWN_UNSAFE;
    4553                 :             :     }
    4554                 :             : 
    4555                 :        3856 :     return safe;
    4556                 :             : }
    4557                 :             : 
    4558                 :             : /*
    4559                 :             :  * pushdown_var_grouping_eqop
    4560                 :             :  *      grouping_eqop_callback for qual_is_pushdown_safe.
    4561                 :             :  *
    4562                 :             :  * Returns the grouping equality operator for 'var' if it references a subquery
    4563                 :             :  * output column that participates in the subquery's grouping layer; InvalidOid
    4564                 :             :  * otherwise.
    4565                 :             :  *
    4566                 :             :  * 'context' is the subquery Query whose pushdown safety we're checking.
    4567                 :             :  */
    4568                 :             : static Oid
    4569                 :         317 : pushdown_var_grouping_eqop(Var *var, void *context)
    4570                 :             : {
    4571                 :         317 :     Query      *subquery = (Query *) context;
    4572                 :             :     Oid         eqop;
    4573                 :             : 
    4574         [ -  + ]:         317 :     if (var->varlevelsup != 0)
    4575                 :           0 :         return InvalidOid;
    4576                 :             : 
    4577                 :         317 :     eqop = subquery_column_grouping_eqop(subquery, var->varattno);
    4578                 :             : 
    4579                 :             :     /*
    4580                 :             :      * qual_is_pushdown_safe ensures any level-0 subquery Var that reaches us
    4581                 :             :      * references a grouping column.
    4582                 :             :      */
    4583                 :             :     Assert(OidIsValid(eqop));
    4584                 :             : 
    4585                 :         317 :     return eqop;
    4586                 :             : }
    4587                 :             : 
    4588                 :             : /*
    4589                 :             :  * subquery_column_grouping_eqop
    4590                 :             :  *      Return the equality operator that the subquery uses to group rows on
    4591                 :             :  *      the given output column, or InvalidOid if the column doesn't
    4592                 :             :  *      participate in any grouping mechanism.
    4593                 :             :  *
    4594                 :             :  * A subquery output column is grouping-relevant if it appears in
    4595                 :             :  * subquery->distinctClause (covering both DISTINCT and DISTINCT ON), in every
    4596                 :             :  * window's PARTITION BY clause, or is grouped by some node in a set-operation
    4597                 :             :  * tree.  In all of these cases the parser builds the SortGroupClause with the
    4598                 :             :  * column's type-default equality operator via get_sort_group_operators, so any
    4599                 :             :  * matching SortGroupClause carries the correct eqop.
    4600                 :             :  */
    4601                 :             : static Oid
    4602                 :         317 : subquery_column_grouping_eqop(Query *subquery, AttrNumber attno)
    4603                 :             : {
    4604                 :             :     TargetEntry *tle;
    4605                 :             :     ListCell   *lc;
    4606                 :             : 
    4607   [ +  -  -  + ]:         317 :     if (attno <= 0 || attno > list_length(subquery->targetList))
    4608                 :           0 :         return InvalidOid;
    4609                 :             : 
    4610                 :         317 :     tle = list_nth_node(TargetEntry, subquery->targetList, attno - 1);
    4611                 :             : 
    4612                 :             :     /* DISTINCT or DISTINCT ON */
    4613   [ +  +  +  -  :         427 :     foreach(lc, subquery->distinctClause)
                   +  + ]
    4614                 :             :     {
    4615                 :         275 :         SortGroupClause *sgc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc);
    4616                 :             : 
    4617         [ +  + ]:         275 :         if (sgc->tleSortGroupRef == tle->ressortgroupref)
    4618                 :         165 :             return sgc->eqop;
    4619                 :             :     }
    4620                 :             : 
    4621                 :             :     /* Window function PARTITION BY: must appear in every window's list. */
    4622   [ +  +  +  - ]:         152 :     if (subquery->hasWindowFuncs && subquery->windowClause != NIL)
    4623                 :             :     {
    4624                 :          55 :         Oid         eqop = InvalidOid;
    4625                 :             : 
    4626   [ +  -  +  +  :         120 :         foreach(lc, subquery->windowClause)
                   +  + ]
    4627                 :             :         {
    4628                 :          65 :             WindowClause *wc = (WindowClause *) lfirst(lc);
    4629                 :             :             ListCell   *lc2;
    4630                 :             : 
    4631   [ +  -  +  -  :          80 :             foreach(lc2, wc->partitionClause)
                   +  - ]
    4632                 :             :             {
    4633                 :          80 :                 SortGroupClause *sgc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc2);
    4634                 :             : 
    4635         [ +  + ]:          80 :                 if (sgc->tleSortGroupRef == tle->ressortgroupref)
    4636                 :          65 :                     break;
    4637                 :             :             }
    4638         [ -  + ]:          65 :             if (lc2 == NULL)
    4639                 :           0 :                 break;          /* not present in this window's list */
    4640                 :          65 :             eqop = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc2)->eqop;
    4641                 :             :         }
    4642         [ +  - ]:          55 :         if (lc == NULL)
    4643                 :          55 :             return eqop;        /* matched in every window */
    4644                 :             :     }
    4645                 :             : 
    4646                 :             :     /* Set operation */
    4647         [ +  - ]:          97 :     if (subquery->setOperations != NULL)
    4648                 :          97 :         return setop_column_grouping_eqop(subquery->setOperations, attno);
    4649                 :             : 
    4650                 :           0 :     return InvalidOid;
    4651                 :             : }
    4652                 :             : 
    4653                 :             : /*
    4654                 :             :  * setop_column_grouping_eqop
    4655                 :             :  *      Recursively search a SetOperationStmt tree for any node that groups
    4656                 :             :  *      rows by equality, and return the equality operator used for the given
    4657                 :             :  *      output column.  Returns InvalidOid if no node in the tree groups (i.e.,
    4658                 :             :  *      an entirely-UNION-ALL tree).
    4659                 :             :  *
    4660                 :             :  * For any set operation other than UNION ALL, groupClauses is a positional
    4661                 :             :  * list of SortGroupClauses, with element N-1 corresponding to output column N
    4662                 :             :  * (see makeSortGroupClauseForSetOp).
    4663                 :             :  */
    4664                 :             : static Oid
    4665                 :         107 : setop_column_grouping_eqop(Node *setop, AttrNumber attno)
    4666                 :             : {
    4667                 :             :     SetOperationStmt *op;
    4668                 :             :     Oid         eqop;
    4669                 :             : 
    4670   [ +  -  -  + ]:         107 :     if (setop == NULL || !IsA(setop, SetOperationStmt))
    4671                 :           0 :         return InvalidOid;
    4672                 :             : 
    4673                 :         107 :     op = (SetOperationStmt *) setop;
    4674                 :             : 
    4675   [ +  +  +  - ]:         107 :     if (op->groupClauses != NIL &&
    4676         [ +  - ]:          97 :         attno >= 1 && attno <= list_length(op->groupClauses))
    4677                 :             :     {
    4678                 :          97 :         SortGroupClause *sgc = list_nth_node(SortGroupClause,
    4679                 :             :                                              op->groupClauses, attno - 1);
    4680                 :             : 
    4681                 :          97 :         return sgc->eqop;
    4682                 :             :     }
    4683                 :             : 
    4684                 :             :     /* Recurse into children to find any inner grouping */
    4685                 :          10 :     eqop = setop_column_grouping_eqop(op->larg, attno);
    4686         [ +  - ]:          10 :     if (OidIsValid(eqop))
    4687                 :          10 :         return eqop;
    4688                 :           0 :     return setop_column_grouping_eqop(op->rarg, attno);
    4689                 :             : }
    4690                 :             : 
    4691                 :             : /*
    4692                 :             :  * setop_has_grouping
    4693                 :             :  *      Return true if any node in the SetOperationStmt tree groups rows by
    4694                 :             :  *      equality (i.e., has non-NIL groupClauses).
    4695                 :             :  */
    4696                 :             : static bool
    4697                 :         320 : setop_has_grouping(Node *setop)
    4698                 :             : {
    4699                 :             :     SetOperationStmt *op;
    4700                 :             : 
    4701   [ +  -  +  + ]:         320 :     if (setop == NULL || !IsA(setop, SetOperationStmt))
    4702                 :         142 :         return false;
    4703                 :             : 
    4704                 :         178 :     op = (SetOperationStmt *) setop;
    4705         [ +  + ]:         178 :     if (op->groupClauses != NIL)
    4706                 :          97 :         return true;
    4707                 :             : 
    4708   [ +  +  -  + ]:          81 :     return setop_has_grouping(op->larg) || setop_has_grouping(op->rarg);
    4709                 :             : }
    4710                 :             : 
    4711                 :             : /*
    4712                 :             :  * subquery_push_qual - push down a qual that we have determined is safe
    4713                 :             :  */
    4714                 :             : static void
    4715                 :        3145 : subquery_push_qual(Query *subquery, RangeTblEntry *rte, Index rti, Node *qual)
    4716                 :             : {
    4717         [ +  + ]:        3145 :     if (subquery->setOperations != NULL)
    4718                 :             :     {
    4719                 :             :         /* Recurse to push it separately to each component query */
    4720                 :          88 :         recurse_push_qual(subquery->setOperations, subquery,
    4721                 :             :                           rte, rti, qual);
    4722                 :             :     }
    4723                 :             :     else
    4724                 :             :     {
    4725                 :             :         /*
    4726                 :             :          * We need to replace Vars in the qual (which must refer to outputs of
    4727                 :             :          * the subquery) with copies of the subquery's targetlist expressions.
    4728                 :             :          * Note that at this point, any uplevel Vars in the qual should have
    4729                 :             :          * been replaced with Params, so they need no work.
    4730                 :             :          *
    4731                 :             :          * This step also ensures that when we are pushing into a setop tree,
    4732                 :             :          * each component query gets its own copy of the qual.
    4733                 :             :          */
    4734                 :        3057 :         qual = ReplaceVarsFromTargetList(qual, rti, 0, rte,
    4735                 :             :                                          subquery->targetList,
    4736                 :             :                                          subquery->resultRelation,
    4737                 :             :                                          REPLACEVARS_REPORT_ERROR, 0,
    4738                 :             :                                          &subquery->hasSubLinks);
    4739                 :             : 
    4740                 :             :         /*
    4741                 :             :          * Now attach the qual to the proper place: normally WHERE, but if the
    4742                 :             :          * subquery uses grouping or aggregation, put it in HAVING (since the
    4743                 :             :          * qual really refers to the group-result rows).
    4744                 :             :          */
    4745   [ +  +  +  -  :        3057 :         if (subquery->hasAggs || subquery->groupClause || subquery->groupingSets || subquery->havingQual)
             +  -  -  + ]
    4746                 :         332 :             subquery->havingQual = make_and_qual(subquery->havingQual, qual);
    4747                 :             :         else
    4748                 :        2725 :             subquery->jointree->quals =
    4749                 :        2725 :                 make_and_qual(subquery->jointree->quals, qual);
    4750                 :             : 
    4751                 :             :         /*
    4752                 :             :          * We need not change the subquery's hasAggs or hasSubLinks flags,
    4753                 :             :          * since we can't be pushing down any aggregates that weren't there
    4754                 :             :          * before, and we don't push down subselects at all.
    4755                 :             :          */
    4756                 :             :     }
    4757                 :        3145 : }
    4758                 :             : 
    4759                 :             : /*
    4760                 :             :  * Helper routine to recurse through setOperations tree
    4761                 :             :  */
    4762                 :             : static void
    4763                 :         264 : recurse_push_qual(Node *setOp, Query *topquery,
    4764                 :             :                   RangeTblEntry *rte, Index rti, Node *qual)
    4765                 :             : {
    4766         [ +  + ]:         264 :     if (IsA(setOp, RangeTblRef))
    4767                 :             :     {
    4768                 :         176 :         RangeTblRef *rtr = (RangeTblRef *) setOp;
    4769                 :         176 :         RangeTblEntry *subrte = rt_fetch(rtr->rtindex, topquery->rtable);
    4770                 :         176 :         Query      *subquery = subrte->subquery;
    4771                 :             : 
    4772                 :             :         Assert(subquery != NULL);
    4773                 :         176 :         subquery_push_qual(subquery, rte, rti, qual);
    4774                 :             :     }
    4775         [ +  - ]:          88 :     else if (IsA(setOp, SetOperationStmt))
    4776                 :             :     {
    4777                 :          88 :         SetOperationStmt *op = (SetOperationStmt *) setOp;
    4778                 :             : 
    4779                 :          88 :         recurse_push_qual(op->larg, topquery, rte, rti, qual);
    4780                 :          88 :         recurse_push_qual(op->rarg, topquery, rte, rti, qual);
    4781                 :             :     }
    4782                 :             :     else
    4783                 :             :     {
    4784         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d",
    4785                 :             :              (int) nodeTag(setOp));
    4786                 :             :     }
    4787                 :         264 : }
    4788                 :             : 
    4789                 :             : /*****************************************************************************
    4790                 :             :  *          SIMPLIFYING SUBQUERY TARGETLISTS
    4791                 :             :  *****************************************************************************/
    4792                 :             : 
    4793                 :             : /*
    4794                 :             :  * remove_unused_subquery_outputs
    4795                 :             :  *      Remove subquery targetlist items we don't need
    4796                 :             :  *
    4797                 :             :  * It's possible, even likely, that the upper query does not read all the
    4798                 :             :  * output columns of the subquery.  We can remove any such outputs that are
    4799                 :             :  * not needed by the subquery itself (e.g., as sort/group columns) and do not
    4800                 :             :  * affect semantics otherwise (e.g., volatile functions can't be removed).
    4801                 :             :  * This is useful not only because we might be able to remove expensive-to-
    4802                 :             :  * compute expressions, but because deletion of output columns might allow
    4803                 :             :  * optimizations such as join removal to occur within the subquery.
    4804                 :             :  *
    4805                 :             :  * extra_used_attrs can be passed as non-NULL to mark any columns (offset by
    4806                 :             :  * FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber) that we should not remove.  This
    4807                 :             :  * parameter is modified by the function, so callers must make a copy if they
    4808                 :             :  * need to use the passed in Bitmapset after calling this function.
    4809                 :             :  *
    4810                 :             :  * To avoid affecting column numbering in the targetlist, we don't physically
    4811                 :             :  * remove unused tlist entries, but rather replace their expressions with NULL
    4812                 :             :  * constants.  This is implemented by modifying subquery->targetList.
    4813                 :             :  */
    4814                 :             : static void
    4815                 :       16433 : remove_unused_subquery_outputs(Query *subquery, RelOptInfo *rel,
    4816                 :             :                                Bitmapset *extra_used_attrs)
    4817                 :             : {
    4818                 :             :     Bitmapset  *attrs_used;
    4819                 :             :     ListCell   *lc;
    4820                 :             : 
    4821                 :             :     /*
    4822                 :             :      * Just point directly to extra_used_attrs. No need to bms_copy as none of
    4823                 :             :      * the current callers use the Bitmapset after calling this function.
    4824                 :             :      */
    4825                 :       16433 :     attrs_used = extra_used_attrs;
    4826                 :             : 
    4827                 :             :     /*
    4828                 :             :      * Do nothing if subquery has UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT: in principle we
    4829                 :             :      * could update all the child SELECTs' tlists, but it seems not worth the
    4830                 :             :      * trouble presently.
    4831                 :             :      */
    4832         [ +  + ]:       16433 :     if (subquery->setOperations)
    4833                 :        1573 :         return;
    4834                 :             : 
    4835                 :             :     /*
    4836                 :             :      * If subquery has regular DISTINCT (not DISTINCT ON), we're wasting our
    4837                 :             :      * time: all its output columns must be used in the distinctClause.
    4838                 :             :      */
    4839   [ +  +  +  + ]:       15714 :     if (subquery->distinctClause && !subquery->hasDistinctOn)
    4840                 :         607 :         return;
    4841                 :             : 
    4842                 :             :     /*
    4843                 :             :      * Collect a bitmap of all the output column numbers used by the upper
    4844                 :             :      * query.
    4845                 :             :      *
    4846                 :             :      * Add all the attributes needed for joins or final output.  Note: we must
    4847                 :             :      * look at rel's targetlist, not the attr_needed data, because attr_needed
    4848                 :             :      * isn't computed for inheritance child rels, cf set_append_rel_size().
    4849                 :             :      * (XXX might be worth changing that sometime.)
    4850                 :             :      */
    4851                 :       15107 :     pull_varattnos((Node *) rel->reltarget->exprs, rel->relid, &attrs_used);
    4852                 :             : 
    4853                 :             :     /* Add all the attributes used by un-pushed-down restriction clauses. */
    4854   [ +  +  +  +  :       16082 :     foreach(lc, rel->baserestrictinfo)
                   +  + ]
    4855                 :             :     {
    4856                 :         975 :         RestrictInfo *rinfo = (RestrictInfo *) lfirst(lc);
    4857                 :             : 
    4858                 :         975 :         pull_varattnos((Node *) rinfo->clause, rel->relid, &attrs_used);
    4859                 :             :     }
    4860                 :             : 
    4861                 :             :     /*
    4862                 :             :      * If there's a whole-row reference to the subquery, we can't remove
    4863                 :             :      * anything.
    4864                 :             :      */
    4865         [ +  + ]:       15107 :     if (bms_is_member(0 - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, attrs_used))
    4866                 :         247 :         return;
    4867                 :             : 
    4868                 :             :     /*
    4869                 :             :      * Run through the tlist and zap entries we don't need.  It's okay to
    4870                 :             :      * modify the tlist items in-place because set_subquery_pathlist made a
    4871                 :             :      * copy of the subquery.
    4872                 :             :      */
    4873   [ +  +  +  +  :       81838 :     foreach(lc, subquery->targetList)
                   +  + ]
    4874                 :             :     {
    4875                 :       66978 :         TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(lc);
    4876                 :       66978 :         Node       *texpr = (Node *) tle->expr;
    4877                 :             : 
    4878                 :             :         /*
    4879                 :             :          * If it has a sortgroupref number, it's used in some sort/group
    4880                 :             :          * clause so we'd better not remove it.  Also, don't remove any
    4881                 :             :          * resjunk columns, since their reason for being has nothing to do
    4882                 :             :          * with anybody reading the subquery's output.  (It's likely that
    4883                 :             :          * resjunk columns in a sub-SELECT would always have ressortgroupref
    4884                 :             :          * set, but even if they don't, it seems imprudent to remove them.)
    4885                 :             :          */
    4886   [ +  +  -  + ]:       66978 :         if (tle->ressortgroupref || tle->resjunk)
    4887                 :        2688 :             continue;
    4888                 :             : 
    4889                 :             :         /*
    4890                 :             :          * If it's used by the upper query, we can't remove it.
    4891                 :             :          */
    4892         [ +  + ]:       64290 :         if (bms_is_member(tle->resno - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber,
    4893                 :             :                           attrs_used))
    4894                 :       36217 :             continue;
    4895                 :             : 
    4896                 :             :         /*
    4897                 :             :          * If it contains a set-returning function, we can't remove it since
    4898                 :             :          * that could change the number of rows returned by the subquery.
    4899                 :             :          */
    4900   [ +  +  +  + ]:       28787 :         if (subquery->hasTargetSRFs &&
    4901                 :         714 :             expression_returns_set(texpr))
    4902                 :         494 :             continue;
    4903                 :             : 
    4904                 :             :         /*
    4905                 :             :          * If it contains volatile functions, we daren't remove it for fear
    4906                 :             :          * that the user is expecting their side-effects to happen.
    4907                 :             :          */
    4908         [ +  + ]:       27579 :         if (contain_volatile_functions(texpr))
    4909                 :          26 :             continue;
    4910                 :             : 
    4911                 :             :         /*
    4912                 :             :          * OK, we don't need it.  Replace the expression with a NULL constant.
    4913                 :             :          * Preserve the exposed type of the expression, in case something
    4914                 :             :          * looks at the rowtype of the subquery's result.
    4915                 :             :          */
    4916                 :       27553 :         tle->expr = (Expr *) makeNullConst(exprType(texpr),
    4917                 :             :                                            exprTypmod(texpr),
    4918                 :             :                                            exprCollation(texpr));
    4919                 :             :     }
    4920                 :             : }
    4921                 :             : 
    4922                 :             : /*
    4923                 :             :  * create_partial_bitmap_paths
    4924                 :             :  *    Build partial bitmap heap path for the relation
    4925                 :             :  */
    4926                 :             : void
    4927                 :      112502 : create_partial_bitmap_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
    4928                 :             :                             Path *bitmapqual)
    4929                 :             : {
    4930                 :             :     int         parallel_workers;
    4931                 :             :     double      pages_fetched;
    4932                 :             : 
    4933                 :             :     /* Compute heap pages for bitmap heap scan */
    4934                 :      112502 :     pages_fetched = compute_bitmap_pages(root, rel, bitmapqual, 1.0,
    4935                 :             :                                          NULL, NULL);
    4936                 :             : 
    4937                 :      112502 :     parallel_workers = compute_parallel_worker(rel, pages_fetched, -1,
    4938                 :             :                                                max_parallel_workers_per_gather);
    4939                 :             : 
    4940         [ +  + ]:      112502 :     if (parallel_workers <= 0)
    4941                 :      109385 :         return;
    4942                 :             : 
    4943                 :        3117 :     add_partial_path(rel, (Path *) create_bitmap_heap_path(root, rel,
    4944                 :             :                                                            bitmapqual, rel->lateral_relids, 1.0, parallel_workers));
    4945                 :             : }
    4946                 :             : 
    4947                 :             : /*
    4948                 :             :  * Compute the number of parallel workers that should be used to scan a
    4949                 :             :  * relation.  We compute the parallel workers based on the size of the heap to
    4950                 :             :  * be scanned and the size of the index to be scanned, then choose a minimum
    4951                 :             :  * of those.
    4952                 :             :  *
    4953                 :             :  * "heap_pages" is the number of pages from the table that we expect to scan, or
    4954                 :             :  * -1 if we don't expect to scan any.
    4955                 :             :  *
    4956                 :             :  * "index_pages" is the number of pages from the index that we expect to scan, or
    4957                 :             :  * -1 if we don't expect to scan any.
    4958                 :             :  *
    4959                 :             :  * "max_workers" is caller's limit on the number of workers.  This typically
    4960                 :             :  * comes from a GUC.
    4961                 :             :  */
    4962                 :             : int
    4963                 :      590349 : compute_parallel_worker(RelOptInfo *rel, double heap_pages, double index_pages,
    4964                 :             :                         int max_workers)
    4965                 :             : {
    4966                 :      590349 :     int         parallel_workers = 0;
    4967                 :             : 
    4968                 :             :     /*
    4969                 :             :      * If the user has set the parallel_workers reloption, use that; otherwise
    4970                 :             :      * select a default number of workers.
    4971                 :             :      */
    4972         [ +  + ]:      590349 :     if (rel->rel_parallel_workers != -1)
    4973                 :        2740 :         parallel_workers = rel->rel_parallel_workers;
    4974                 :             :     else
    4975                 :             :     {
    4976                 :             :         /*
    4977                 :             :          * If the number of pages being scanned is insufficient to justify a
    4978                 :             :          * parallel scan, just return zero ... unless it's an inheritance
    4979                 :             :          * child. In that case, we want to generate a parallel path here
    4980                 :             :          * anyway.  It might not be worthwhile just for this relation, but
    4981                 :             :          * when combined with all of its inheritance siblings it may well pay
    4982                 :             :          * off.
    4983                 :             :          */
    4984   [ +  +  +  + ]:      587609 :         if (rel->reloptkind == RELOPT_BASEREL &&
    4985   [ +  +  +  + ]:      556349 :             ((heap_pages >= 0 && heap_pages < min_parallel_table_scan_size) ||
    4986         [ +  + ]:       18382 :              (index_pages >= 0 && index_pages < min_parallel_index_scan_size)))
    4987                 :      555601 :             return 0;
    4988                 :             : 
    4989         [ +  + ]:       32008 :         if (heap_pages >= 0)
    4990                 :             :         {
    4991                 :             :             int         heap_parallel_threshold;
    4992                 :       30431 :             int         heap_parallel_workers = 1;
    4993                 :             : 
    4994                 :             :             /*
    4995                 :             :              * Select the number of workers based on the log of the size of
    4996                 :             :              * the relation.  This probably needs to be a good deal more
    4997                 :             :              * sophisticated, but we need something here for now.  Note that
    4998                 :             :              * the upper limit of the min_parallel_table_scan_size GUC is
    4999                 :             :              * chosen to prevent overflow here.
    5000                 :             :              */
    5001                 :       30431 :             heap_parallel_threshold = Max(min_parallel_table_scan_size, 1);
    5002         [ +  + ]:       34838 :             while (heap_pages >= (BlockNumber) (heap_parallel_threshold * 3))
    5003                 :             :             {
    5004                 :        4407 :                 heap_parallel_workers++;
    5005                 :        4407 :                 heap_parallel_threshold *= 3;
    5006         [ -  + ]:        4407 :                 if (heap_parallel_threshold > INT_MAX / 3)
    5007                 :           0 :                     break;      /* avoid overflow */
    5008                 :             :             }
    5009                 :             : 
    5010                 :       30431 :             parallel_workers = heap_parallel_workers;
    5011                 :             :         }
    5012                 :             : 
    5013         [ +  + ]:       32008 :         if (index_pages >= 0)
    5014                 :             :         {
    5015                 :        7410 :             int         index_parallel_workers = 1;
    5016                 :             :             int         index_parallel_threshold;
    5017                 :             : 
    5018                 :             :             /* same calculation as for heap_pages above */
    5019                 :        7410 :             index_parallel_threshold = Max(min_parallel_index_scan_size, 1);
    5020         [ +  + ]:        7640 :             while (index_pages >= (BlockNumber) (index_parallel_threshold * 3))
    5021                 :             :             {
    5022                 :         230 :                 index_parallel_workers++;
    5023                 :         230 :                 index_parallel_threshold *= 3;
    5024         [ -  + ]:         230 :                 if (index_parallel_threshold > INT_MAX / 3)
    5025                 :           0 :                     break;      /* avoid overflow */
    5026                 :             :             }
    5027                 :             : 
    5028         [ +  + ]:        7410 :             if (parallel_workers > 0)
    5029                 :        5833 :                 parallel_workers = Min(parallel_workers, index_parallel_workers);
    5030                 :             :             else
    5031                 :        1577 :                 parallel_workers = index_parallel_workers;
    5032                 :             :         }
    5033                 :             :     }
    5034                 :             : 
    5035                 :             :     /* In no case use more than caller supplied maximum number of workers */
    5036                 :       34748 :     parallel_workers = Min(parallel_workers, max_workers);
    5037                 :             : 
    5038                 :       34748 :     return parallel_workers;
    5039                 :             : }
    5040                 :             : 
    5041                 :             : /*
    5042                 :             :  * generate_partitionwise_join_paths
    5043                 :             :  *      Create paths representing partitionwise join for given partitioned
    5044                 :             :  *      join relation.
    5045                 :             :  *
    5046                 :             :  * This must not be called until after we are done adding paths for all
    5047                 :             :  * child-joins. Otherwise, add_path might delete a path to which some path
    5048                 :             :  * generated here has a reference.
    5049                 :             :  */
    5050                 :             : void
    5051                 :      187303 : generate_partitionwise_join_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel)
    5052                 :             : {
    5053                 :      187303 :     List       *live_children = NIL;
    5054                 :             :     int         cnt_parts;
    5055                 :             :     int         num_parts;
    5056                 :             :     RelOptInfo **part_rels;
    5057                 :             : 
    5058                 :             :     /* Handle only join relations here. */
    5059   [ +  +  -  + ]:      187303 :     if (!IS_JOIN_REL(rel))
    5060                 :           0 :         return;
    5061                 :             : 
    5062                 :             :     /* We've nothing to do if the relation is not partitioned. */
    5063   [ +  +  +  +  :      187303 :     if (!IS_PARTITIONED_REL(rel))
          +  +  +  -  +  
                      + ]
    5064                 :      181286 :         return;
    5065                 :             : 
    5066                 :             :     /* The relation should have consider_partitionwise_join set. */
    5067                 :             :     Assert(rel->consider_partitionwise_join);
    5068                 :             : 
    5069                 :             :     /* Guard against stack overflow due to overly deep partition hierarchy. */
    5070                 :        6017 :     check_stack_depth();
    5071                 :             : 
    5072                 :        6017 :     num_parts = rel->nparts;
    5073                 :        6017 :     part_rels = rel->part_rels;
    5074                 :             : 
    5075                 :             :     /* Collect non-dummy child-joins. */
    5076         [ +  + ]:       21464 :     for (cnt_parts = 0; cnt_parts < num_parts; cnt_parts++)
    5077                 :             :     {
    5078                 :       15447 :         RelOptInfo *child_rel = part_rels[cnt_parts];
    5079                 :             : 
    5080                 :             :         /* If it's been pruned entirely, it's certainly dummy. */
    5081         [ +  + ]:       15447 :         if (child_rel == NULL)
    5082                 :          52 :             continue;
    5083                 :             : 
    5084                 :             :         /* Make partitionwise join paths for this partitioned child-join. */
    5085                 :       15395 :         generate_partitionwise_join_paths(root, child_rel);
    5086                 :             : 
    5087                 :             :         /* If we failed to make any path for this child, we must give up. */
    5088         [ -  + ]:       15395 :         if (child_rel->pathlist == NIL)
    5089                 :             :         {
    5090                 :             :             /*
    5091                 :             :              * Mark the parent joinrel as unpartitioned so that later
    5092                 :             :              * functions treat it correctly.
    5093                 :             :              */
    5094                 :           0 :             rel->nparts = 0;
    5095                 :           0 :             return;
    5096                 :             :         }
    5097                 :             : 
    5098                 :             :         /* Else, identify the cheapest path for it. */
    5099                 :       15395 :         set_cheapest(child_rel);
    5100                 :             : 
    5101                 :             :         /* Dummy children need not be scanned, so ignore those. */
    5102         [ -  + ]:       15395 :         if (IS_DUMMY_REL(child_rel))
    5103                 :           0 :             continue;
    5104                 :             : 
    5105                 :             :         /*
    5106                 :             :          * Except for the topmost scan/join rel, consider generating partial
    5107                 :             :          * aggregation paths for the grouped relation on top of the paths of
    5108                 :             :          * this partitioned child-join.  After that, we're done creating paths
    5109                 :             :          * for the grouped relation, so run set_cheapest().
    5110                 :             :          */
    5111         [ +  + ]:       15395 :         if (child_rel->grouped_rel != NULL &&
    5112   [ +  +  -  +  :       10730 :             !bms_equal(IS_OTHER_REL(rel) ?
                   +  + ]
    5113                 :             :                        rel->top_parent_relids : rel->relids,
    5114         [ +  - ]:       10730 :                        root->all_query_rels))
    5115                 :             :         {
    5116                 :         200 :             RelOptInfo *grouped_rel = child_rel->grouped_rel;
    5117                 :             : 
    5118                 :             :             Assert(IS_GROUPED_REL(grouped_rel));
    5119                 :             : 
    5120                 :         200 :             generate_grouped_paths(root, grouped_rel, child_rel);
    5121                 :         200 :             set_cheapest(grouped_rel);
    5122                 :             :         }
    5123                 :             : 
    5124                 :             : #ifdef OPTIMIZER_DEBUG
    5125                 :             :         pprint(child_rel);
    5126                 :             : #endif
    5127                 :             : 
    5128                 :       15395 :         live_children = lappend(live_children, child_rel);
    5129                 :             :     }
    5130                 :             : 
    5131                 :             :     /* If all child-joins are dummy, parent join is also dummy. */
    5132         [ -  + ]:        6017 :     if (!live_children)
    5133                 :             :     {
    5134                 :           0 :         mark_dummy_rel(rel);
    5135                 :           0 :         return;
    5136                 :             :     }
    5137                 :             : 
    5138                 :             :     /* Build additional paths for this rel from child-join paths. */
    5139                 :        6017 :     add_paths_to_append_rel(root, rel, live_children);
    5140                 :        6017 :     list_free(live_children);
    5141                 :             : }
        

Generated by: LCOV version 2.0-1